* [PATCH v2 20/39] docs: ABI: testing: make the files compatible with ReST output
[not found] <cover.1604042072.git.mchehab+huawei@kernel.org>
2020-10-30 7:40 ` [PATCH v2 19/39] docs: ABI: stable: make files ReST compatible Mauro Carvalho Chehab
@ 2020-10-30 7:40 ` Mauro Carvalho Chehab
2020-10-30 9:19 ` Fabrice Gasnier
2020-10-30 17:26 ` Frederic Barrat
2020-10-30 7:40 ` [PATCH v2 31/39] docs: ABI: cleanup several ABI documents Mauro Carvalho Chehab
2 siblings, 2 replies; 19+ messages in thread
From: Mauro Carvalho Chehab @ 2020-10-30 7:40 UTC (permalink / raw)
To: Linux Doc Mailing List
Cc: Gautham R. Shenoy, Jason A. Donenfeld, Heikki Krogerus,
Peter Meerwald-Stadler, Petr Mladek, Mario Limonciello,
Alexander Shishkin, Tom Rix, Jonathan Cameron, Alexandre Belloni,
Mimi Zohar, Sebastian Reichel, linux-mm, Bruno Meneguele,
Vishal Verma, Pavel Machek, Hanjun Guo, Guenter Roeck, netdev,
Oleh Kravchenko, Dan Williams, Andrew Donnellan,
Javier González, Andy Shevchenko, Mark Gross, linux-acpi,
Jonathan Corbet, Mauro Carvalho Chehab, Chunyan Zhang,
Nayna Jain, linux-stm32, Lakshmi Ramasubramanian,
Ludovic Desroches, Pawan Gupta, linux-arm-kernel,
Frederic Barrat, Niklas Cassel, Len Brown, Juergen Gross,
linuxppc-dev, Mika Westerberg, Alexandre Torgue, linux-pm,
linux-kernel, Richard Cochran, Oded Gabbay, Baolin Wang,
Lars-Peter Clausen, Dan Murphy, Orson Zhai, Philippe Bergheaud,
xen-devel, Boris Ostrovsky, Fabrice Gasnier, Benson Leung,
Konstantin Khlebnikov, Jens Axboe, Felipe Balbi, Kranthi Kuntala,
Martin K. Petersen, Greg Kroah-Hartman, linux-usb,
Rafael J. Wysocki, Nicolas Ferre, linux-iio, Thinh Nguyen,
Sergey Senozhatsky, Stefano Stabellini, Thomas Gleixner,
Leonid Maksymchuk, Maxime Coquelin, Johannes Thumshirn,
Enric Balletbo i Serra, Vaibhav Jain, Vineela Tummalapalli,
Peter Rosin, Jonathan Cameron, Mike Kravetz
Some files over there won't parse well by Sphinx.
Fix them.
Acked-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> # for IIO
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+huawei@kernel.org>
---
.../ABI/testing/configfs-spear-pcie-gadget | 36 +--
Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget | 83 +++---
.../ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-hid | 10 +-
.../ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-rndis | 16 +-
.../ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uac1 | 18 +-
.../ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uvc | 220 +++++++++-------
Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-ec | 11 +-
Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-pktcdvd | 11 +-
Documentation/ABI/testing/dev-kmsg | 27 +-
Documentation/ABI/testing/evm | 17 +-
Documentation/ABI/testing/ima_policy | 30 ++-
Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-diskstats | 40 +--
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block | 38 +--
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-device | 2 +
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-acpi | 18 +-
.../sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-format | 3 +-
.../ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-pca954x | 27 +-
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio | 11 +
.../sysfs-bus-iio-adc-envelope-detector | 5 +-
.../ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-cros-ec | 2 +-
.../ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-dfsdm-adc-stm32 | 8 +-
.../ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-lptimer-stm32 | 29 ++-
.../sysfs-bus-iio-magnetometer-hmc5843 | 19 +-
.../sysfs-bus-iio-temperature-max31856 | 19 +-
.../ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-timer-stm32 | 137 ++++++----
.../testing/sysfs-bus-intel_th-devices-msc | 4 +
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-nfit | 2 +-
.../testing/sysfs-bus-pci-devices-aer_stats | 119 +++++----
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rapidio | 23 +-
.../ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-thunderbolt | 40 +--
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb | 30 ++-
.../testing/sysfs-bus-usb-devices-usbsevseg | 7 +-
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-vfio-mdev | 10 +-
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-cxl | 15 +-
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led | 2 +-
.../testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-el15203000 | 229 ++++++++---------
.../ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-sc27xx | 4 +-
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mic | 52 ++--
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-ocxl | 3 +
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power | 73 +++++-
.../ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-twl4030 | 33 +--
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rc | 30 ++-
.../ABI/testing/sysfs-class-scsi_host | 7 +-
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-typec | 12 +-
.../testing/sysfs-devices-platform-ACPI-TAD | 4 +
.../ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-docg3 | 10 +-
.../sysfs-devices-platform-sh_mobile_lcdc_fb | 8 +-
.../ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu | 99 +++++---
.../ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-ibm-rtl | 6 +-
.../testing/sysfs-driver-bd9571mwv-regulator | 4 +
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-genwqe | 11 +-
.../testing/sysfs-driver-hid-logitech-lg4ff | 18 +-
.../ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-wiimote | 11 +-
.../ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-samsung-laptop | 13 +-
.../ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-toshiba_acpi | 26 ++
.../ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-toshiba_haps | 2 +
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-wacom | 4 +-
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-acpi | 237 +++++++++---------
.../ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-dmi-entries | 50 ++--
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-gsmi | 2 +-
.../ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-memmap | 16 +-
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-ext4 | 4 +-
.../ABI/testing/sysfs-hypervisor-xen | 13 +-
.../ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-boot_params | 23 +-
.../ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-hugepages | 12 +-
.../ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-asus-laptop | 21 +-
.../ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-asus-wmi | 1 +
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-at91 | 10 +-
.../ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-eeepc-laptop | 14 +-
.../ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-ideapad-laptop | 9 +-
.../sysfs-platform-intel-wmi-thunderbolt | 1 +
.../ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-sst-atom | 13 +-
.../ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-usbip-vudc | 11 +-
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ptp | 2 +-
74 files changed, 1322 insertions(+), 865 deletions(-)
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-spear-pcie-gadget b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-spear-pcie-gadget
index 840c324ef34d..cf877bd341df 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-spear-pcie-gadget
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-spear-pcie-gadget
@@ -10,22 +10,24 @@ Description:
This interfaces can be used to show spear's PCIe device capability.
Nodes are only visible when configfs is mounted. To mount configfs
- in /config directory use:
- # mount -t configfs none /config/
+ in /config directory use::
- For nth PCIe Device Controller
- /config/pcie-gadget.n/
- link ... used to enable ltssm and read its status.
- int_type ...used to configure and read type of supported
- interrupt
- no_of_msi ... used to configure number of MSI vector needed and
+ # mount -t configfs none /config/
+
+ For nth PCIe Device Controller /config/pcie-gadget.n/:
+
+ =============== ======================================================
+ link used to enable ltssm and read its status.
+ int_type used to configure and read type of supported interrupt
+ no_of_msi used to configure number of MSI vector needed and
to read no of MSI granted.
- inta ... write 1 to assert INTA and 0 to de-assert.
- send_msi ... write MSI vector to be sent.
- vendor_id ... used to write and read vendor id (hex)
- device_id ... used to write and read device id (hex)
- bar0_size ... used to write and read bar0_size
- bar0_address ... used to write and read bar0 mapped area in hex.
- bar0_rw_offset ... used to write and read offset of bar0 where
- bar0_data will be written or read.
- bar0_data ... used to write and read data at bar0_rw_offset.
+ inta write 1 to assert INTA and 0 to de-assert.
+ send_msi write MSI vector to be sent.
+ vendor_id used to write and read vendor id (hex)
+ device_id used to write and read device id (hex)
+ bar0_size used to write and read bar0_size
+ bar0_address used to write and read bar0 mapped area in hex.
+ bar0_rw_offset used to write and read offset of bar0 where bar0_data
+ will be written or read.
+ bar0_data used to write and read data at bar0_rw_offset.
+ =============== ======================================================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget
index 4594cc2435e8..dc351e9af80a 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget
@@ -12,22 +12,24 @@ Description:
The attributes of a gadget:
- UDC - bind a gadget to UDC/unbind a gadget;
- write UDC's name found in /sys/class/udc/*
- to bind a gadget, empty string "" to unbind.
+ ================ ============================================
+ UDC bind a gadget to UDC/unbind a gadget;
+ write UDC's name found in /sys/class/udc/*
+ to bind a gadget, empty string "" to unbind.
- max_speed - maximum speed the driver supports. Valid
- names are super-speed-plus, super-speed,
- high-speed, full-speed, and low-speed.
+ max_speed maximum speed the driver supports. Valid
+ names are super-speed-plus, super-speed,
+ high-speed, full-speed, and low-speed.
- bDeviceClass - USB device class code
- bDeviceSubClass - USB device subclass code
- bDeviceProtocol - USB device protocol code
- bMaxPacketSize0 - maximum endpoint 0 packet size
- bcdDevice - bcd device release number
- bcdUSB - bcd USB specification version number
- idProduct - product ID
- idVendor - vendor ID
+ bDeviceClass USB device class code
+ bDeviceSubClass USB device subclass code
+ bDeviceProtocol USB device protocol code
+ bMaxPacketSize0 maximum endpoint 0 packet size
+ bcdDevice bcd device release number
+ bcdUSB bcd USB specification version number
+ idProduct product ID
+ idVendor vendor ID
+ ================ ============================================
What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/configs
Date: Jun 2013
@@ -41,8 +43,10 @@ KernelVersion: 3.11
Description:
The attributes of a configuration:
- bmAttributes - configuration characteristics
- MaxPower - maximum power consumption from the bus
+ ================ ======================================
+ bmAttributes configuration characteristics
+ MaxPower maximum power consumption from the bus
+ ================ ======================================
What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/configs/config/strings
Date: Jun 2013
@@ -57,7 +61,9 @@ KernelVersion: 3.11
Description:
The attributes:
- configuration - configuration description
+ ================ =========================
+ configuration configuration description
+ ================ =========================
What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions
@@ -76,8 +82,10 @@ Description:
The attributes:
- compatible_id - 8-byte string for "Compatible ID"
- sub_compatible_id - 8-byte string for "Sub Compatible ID"
+ ================= =====================================
+ compatible_id 8-byte string for "Compatible ID"
+ sub_compatible_id 8-byte string for "Sub Compatible ID"
+ ================= =====================================
What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/<func>.<inst>/interface.<n>/<property>
Date: May 2014
@@ -89,16 +97,19 @@ Description:
The attributes:
- type - value 1..7 for interpreting the data
- 1: unicode string
- 2: unicode string with environment variable
- 3: binary
- 4: little-endian 32-bit
- 5: big-endian 32-bit
- 6: unicode string with a symbolic link
- 7: multiple unicode strings
- data - blob of data to be interpreted depending on
+ ===== ===============================================
+ type value 1..7 for interpreting the data
+
+ - 1: unicode string
+ - 2: unicode string with environment variable
+ - 3: binary
+ - 4: little-endian 32-bit
+ - 5: big-endian 32-bit
+ - 6: unicode string with a symbolic link
+ - 7: multiple unicode strings
+ data blob of data to be interpreted depending on
type
+ ===== ===============================================
What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/strings
Date: Jun 2013
@@ -113,9 +124,11 @@ KernelVersion: 3.11
Description:
The attributes:
- serialnumber - gadget's serial number (string)
- product - gadget's product description
- manufacturer - gadget's manufacturer description
+ ============ =================================
+ serialnumber gadget's serial number (string)
+ product gadget's product description
+ manufacturer gadget's manufacturer description
+ ============ =================================
What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/os_desc
Date: May 2014
@@ -123,8 +136,10 @@ KernelVersion: 3.16
Description:
This group contains "OS String" extension handling attributes.
- use - flag turning "OS Desctiptors" support on/off
- b_vendor_code - one-byte value used for custom per-device and
+ ============= ===============================================
+ use flag turning "OS Desctiptors" support on/off
+ b_vendor_code one-byte value used for custom per-device and
per-interface requests
- qw_sign - an identifier to be reported as "OS String"
+ qw_sign an identifier to be reported as "OS String"
proper
+ ============= ===============================================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-hid b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-hid
index f12e00e6baa3..748705c4cb58 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-hid
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-hid
@@ -4,8 +4,10 @@ KernelVersion: 3.19
Description:
The attributes:
- protocol - HID protocol to use
- report_desc - blob corresponding to HID report descriptors
+ ============= ============================================
+ protocol HID protocol to use
+ report_desc blob corresponding to HID report descriptors
except the data passed through /dev/hidg<N>
- report_length - HID report length
- subclass - HID device subclass to use
+ report_length HID report length
+ subclass HID device subclass to use
+ ============= ============================================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-rndis b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-rndis
index 137399095d74..9416eda7fe93 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-rndis
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-rndis
@@ -4,14 +4,16 @@ KernelVersion: 3.11
Description:
The attributes:
- ifname - network device interface name associated with
+ ========= =============================================
+ ifname network device interface name associated with
this function instance
- qmult - queue length multiplier for high and
+ qmult queue length multiplier for high and
super speed
- host_addr - MAC address of host's end of this
+ host_addr MAC address of host's end of this
Ethernet over USB link
- dev_addr - MAC address of device's end of this
+ dev_addr MAC address of device's end of this
Ethernet over USB link
- class - USB interface class, default is 02 (hex)
- subclass - USB interface subclass, default is 06 (hex)
- protocol - USB interface protocol, default is 00 (hex)
+ class USB interface class, default is 02 (hex)
+ subclass USB interface subclass, default is 06 (hex)
+ protocol USB interface protocol, default is 00 (hex)
+ ========= =============================================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uac1 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uac1
index abfe447c848f..dc23fd776943 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uac1
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uac1
@@ -4,11 +4,13 @@ KernelVersion: 4.14
Description:
The attributes:
- c_chmask - capture channel mask
- c_srate - capture sampling rate
- c_ssize - capture sample size (bytes)
- p_chmask - playback channel mask
- p_srate - playback sampling rate
- p_ssize - playback sample size (bytes)
- req_number - the number of pre-allocated request
- for both capture and playback
+ ========== ===================================
+ c_chmask capture channel mask
+ c_srate capture sampling rate
+ c_ssize capture sample size (bytes)
+ p_chmask playback channel mask
+ p_srate playback sampling rate
+ p_ssize playback sample size (bytes)
+ req_number the number of pre-allocated request
+ for both capture and playback
+ ========== ===================================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uvc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uvc
index 809765bd9573..cee81b0347bb 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uvc
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uvc
@@ -3,9 +3,11 @@ Date: Dec 2014
KernelVersion: 4.0
Description: UVC function directory
- streaming_maxburst - 0..15 (ss only)
- streaming_maxpacket - 1..1023 (fs), 1..3072 (hs/ss)
- streaming_interval - 1..16
+ =================== =============================
+ streaming_maxburst 0..15 (ss only)
+ streaming_maxpacket 1..1023 (fs), 1..3072 (hs/ss)
+ streaming_interval 1..16
+ =================== =============================
What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control
Date: Dec 2014
@@ -13,8 +15,11 @@ KernelVersion: 4.0
Description: Control descriptors
All attributes read only:
- bInterfaceNumber - USB interface number for this
- streaming interface
+
+ ================ =============================
+ bInterfaceNumber USB interface number for this
+ streaming interface
+ ================ =============================
What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control/class
Date: Dec 2014
@@ -47,13 +52,16 @@ KernelVersion: 4.0
Description: Default output terminal descriptors
All attributes read only:
- iTerminal - index of string descriptor
- bSourceID - id of the terminal to which this terminal
+
+ ============== =============================================
+ iTerminal index of string descriptor
+ bSourceID id of the terminal to which this terminal
is connected
- bAssocTerminal - id of the input terminal to which this output
+ bAssocTerminal id of the input terminal to which this output
terminal is associated
- wTerminalType - terminal type
- bTerminalID - a non-zero id of this terminal
+ wTerminalType terminal type
+ bTerminalID a non-zero id of this terminal
+ ============== =============================================
What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control/terminal/camera
Date: Dec 2014
@@ -66,16 +74,19 @@ KernelVersion: 4.0
Description: Default camera terminal descriptors
All attributes read only:
- bmControls - bitmap specifying which controls are
- supported for the video stream
- wOcularFocalLength - the value of Locular
- wObjectiveFocalLengthMax- the value of Lmin
- wObjectiveFocalLengthMin- the value of Lmax
- iTerminal - index of string descriptor
- bAssocTerminal - id of the output terminal to which
- this terminal is connected
- wTerminalType - terminal type
- bTerminalID - a non-zero id of this terminal
+
+ ======================== ====================================
+ bmControls bitmap specifying which controls are
+ supported for the video stream
+ wOcularFocalLength the value of Locular
+ wObjectiveFocalLengthMax the value of Lmin
+ wObjectiveFocalLengthMin the value of Lmax
+ iTerminal index of string descriptor
+ bAssocTerminal id of the output terminal to which
+ this terminal is connected
+ wTerminalType terminal type
+ bTerminalID a non-zero id of this terminal
+ ======================== ====================================
What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control/processing
Date: Dec 2014
@@ -88,13 +99,16 @@ KernelVersion: 4.0
Description: Default processing unit descriptors
All attributes read only:
- iProcessing - index of string descriptor
- bmControls - bitmap specifying which controls are
+
+ =============== ========================================
+ iProcessing index of string descriptor
+ bmControls bitmap specifying which controls are
supported for the video stream
- wMaxMultiplier - maximum digital magnification x100
- bSourceID - id of the terminal to which this unit is
+ wMaxMultiplier maximum digital magnification x100
+ bSourceID id of the terminal to which this unit is
connected
- bUnitID - a non-zero id of this unit
+ bUnitID a non-zero id of this unit
+ =============== ========================================
What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control/header
Date: Dec 2014
@@ -114,8 +128,11 @@ KernelVersion: 4.0
Description: Streaming descriptors
All attributes read only:
- bInterfaceNumber - USB interface number for this
- streaming interface
+
+ ================ =============================
+ bInterfaceNumber USB interface number for this
+ streaming interface
+ ================ =============================
What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/class
Date: Dec 2014
@@ -148,13 +165,16 @@ KernelVersion: 4.0
Description: Default color matching descriptors
All attributes read only:
- bMatrixCoefficients - matrix used to compute luma and
- chroma values from the color primaries
- bTransferCharacteristics- optoelectronic transfer
- characteristic of the source picutre,
- also called the gamma function
- bColorPrimaries - color primaries and the reference
- white
+
+ ======================== ======================================
+ bMatrixCoefficients matrix used to compute luma and
+ chroma values from the color primaries
+ bTransferCharacteristics optoelectronic transfer
+ characteristic of the source picutre,
+ also called the gamma function
+ bColorPrimaries color primaries and the reference
+ white
+ ======================== ======================================
What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/mjpeg
Date: Dec 2014
@@ -168,47 +188,52 @@ Description: Specific MJPEG format descriptors
All attributes read only,
except bmaControls and bDefaultFrameIndex:
- bFormatIndex - unique id for this format descriptor;
+
+ =================== =====================================
+ bFormatIndex unique id for this format descriptor;
only defined after parent header is
linked into the streaming class;
read-only
- bmaControls - this format's data for bmaControls in
+ bmaControls this format's data for bmaControls in
the streaming header
- bmInterfaceFlags - specifies interlace information,
+ bmInterfaceFlags specifies interlace information,
read-only
- bAspectRatioY - the X dimension of the picture aspect
+ bAspectRatioY the X dimension of the picture aspect
ratio, read-only
- bAspectRatioX - the Y dimension of the picture aspect
+ bAspectRatioX the Y dimension of the picture aspect
ratio, read-only
- bmFlags - characteristics of this format,
+ bmFlags characteristics of this format,
read-only
- bDefaultFrameIndex - optimum frame index for this stream
+ bDefaultFrameIndex optimum frame index for this stream
+ =================== =====================================
What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/mjpeg/name/name
Date: Dec 2014
KernelVersion: 4.0
Description: Specific MJPEG frame descriptors
- bFrameIndex - unique id for this framedescriptor;
- only defined after parent format is
- linked into the streaming header;
- read-only
- dwFrameInterval - indicates how frame interval can be
- programmed; a number of values
- separated by newline can be specified
- dwDefaultFrameInterval - the frame interval the device would
- like to use as default
- dwMaxVideoFrameBufferSize- the maximum number of bytes the
- compressor will produce for a video
- frame or still image
- dwMaxBitRate - the maximum bit rate at the shortest
- frame interval in bps
- dwMinBitRate - the minimum bit rate at the longest
- frame interval in bps
- wHeight - height of decoded bitmap frame in px
- wWidth - width of decoded bitmam frame in px
- bmCapabilities - still image support, fixed frame-rate
- support
+ ========================= =====================================
+ bFrameIndex unique id for this framedescriptor;
+ only defined after parent format is
+ linked into the streaming header;
+ read-only
+ dwFrameInterval indicates how frame interval can be
+ programmed; a number of values
+ separated by newline can be specified
+ dwDefaultFrameInterval the frame interval the device would
+ like to use as default
+ dwMaxVideoFrameBufferSize the maximum number of bytes the
+ compressor will produce for a video
+ frame or still image
+ dwMaxBitRate the maximum bit rate at the shortest
+ frame interval in bps
+ dwMinBitRate the minimum bit rate at the longest
+ frame interval in bps
+ wHeight height of decoded bitmap frame in px
+ wWidth width of decoded bitmam frame in px
+ bmCapabilities still image support, fixed frame-rate
+ support
+ ========================= =====================================
What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/uncompressed
Date: Dec 2014
@@ -220,50 +245,54 @@ Date: Dec 2014
KernelVersion: 4.0
Description: Specific uncompressed format descriptors
- bFormatIndex - unique id for this format descriptor;
+ ================== =======================================
+ bFormatIndex unique id for this format descriptor;
only defined after parent header is
linked into the streaming class;
read-only
- bmaControls - this format's data for bmaControls in
+ bmaControls this format's data for bmaControls in
the streaming header
- bmInterfaceFlags - specifies interlace information,
+ bmInterfaceFlags specifies interlace information,
read-only
- bAspectRatioY - the X dimension of the picture aspect
+ bAspectRatioY the X dimension of the picture aspect
ratio, read-only
- bAspectRatioX - the Y dimension of the picture aspect
+ bAspectRatioX the Y dimension of the picture aspect
ratio, read-only
- bDefaultFrameIndex - optimum frame index for this stream
- bBitsPerPixel - number of bits per pixel used to
+ bDefaultFrameIndex optimum frame index for this stream
+ bBitsPerPixel number of bits per pixel used to
specify color in the decoded video
frame
- guidFormat - globally unique id used to identify
+ guidFormat globally unique id used to identify
stream-encoding format
+ ================== =======================================
What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/uncompressed/name/name
Date: Dec 2014
KernelVersion: 4.0
Description: Specific uncompressed frame descriptors
- bFrameIndex - unique id for this framedescriptor;
- only defined after parent format is
- linked into the streaming header;
- read-only
- dwFrameInterval - indicates how frame interval can be
- programmed; a number of values
- separated by newline can be specified
- dwDefaultFrameInterval - the frame interval the device would
- like to use as default
- dwMaxVideoFrameBufferSize- the maximum number of bytes the
- compressor will produce for a video
- frame or still image
- dwMaxBitRate - the maximum bit rate at the shortest
- frame interval in bps
- dwMinBitRate - the minimum bit rate at the longest
- frame interval in bps
- wHeight - height of decoded bitmap frame in px
- wWidth - width of decoded bitmam frame in px
- bmCapabilities - still image support, fixed frame-rate
- support
+ ========================= =====================================
+ bFrameIndex unique id for this framedescriptor;
+ only defined after parent format is
+ linked into the streaming header;
+ read-only
+ dwFrameInterval indicates how frame interval can be
+ programmed; a number of values
+ separated by newline can be specified
+ dwDefaultFrameInterval the frame interval the device would
+ like to use as default
+ dwMaxVideoFrameBufferSize the maximum number of bytes the
+ compressor will produce for a video
+ frame or still image
+ dwMaxBitRate the maximum bit rate at the shortest
+ frame interval in bps
+ dwMinBitRate the minimum bit rate at the longest
+ frame interval in bps
+ wHeight height of decoded bitmap frame in px
+ wWidth width of decoded bitmam frame in px
+ bmCapabilities still image support, fixed frame-rate
+ support
+ ========================= =====================================
What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/header
Date: Dec 2014
@@ -276,17 +305,20 @@ KernelVersion: 4.0
Description: Specific streaming header descriptors
All attributes read only:
- bTriggerUsage - how the host software will respond to
+
+ ==================== =====================================
+ bTriggerUsage how the host software will respond to
a hardware trigger interrupt event
- bTriggerSupport - flag specifying if hardware
+ bTriggerSupport flag specifying if hardware
triggering is supported
- bStillCaptureMethod - method of still image caputre
+ bStillCaptureMethod method of still image caputre
supported
- bTerminalLink - id of the output terminal to which
+ bTerminalLink id of the output terminal to which
the video endpoint of this interface
is connected
- bmInfo - capabilities of this video streaming
+ bmInfo capabilities of this video streaming
interface
+ ==================== =====================================
What: /sys/class/udc/udc.name/device/gadget/video4linux/video.name/function_name
Date: May 2018
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-ec b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-ec
index 6546115a94da..ab6099daa8f5 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-ec
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-ec
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ Description:
General information like which GPE is assigned to the EC and whether
the global lock should get used.
Knowing the EC GPE one can watch the amount of HW events related to
-the EC here (XY -> GPE number from /sys/kernel/debug/ec/*/gpe):
+the EC here (XY -> GPE number from `/sys/kernel/debug/ec/*/gpe`):
/sys/firmware/acpi/interrupts/gpeXY
The io file is binary and a userspace tool located here:
@@ -14,7 +14,8 @@ ftp://ftp.suse.com/pub/people/trenn/sources/ec/
should get used to read out the 256 Embedded Controller registers
or writing to them.
-CAUTION: Do not write to the Embedded Controller if you don't know
-what you are doing! Rebooting afterwards also is a good idea.
-This can influence the way your machine is cooled and fans may
-not get switched on again after you did a wrong write.
+CAUTION:
+ Do not write to the Embedded Controller if you don't know
+ what you are doing! Rebooting afterwards also is a good idea.
+ This can influence the way your machine is cooled and fans may
+ not get switched on again after you did a wrong write.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-pktcdvd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-pktcdvd
index cf11736acb76..787907d70462 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-pktcdvd
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-pktcdvd
@@ -4,16 +4,15 @@ KernelVersion: 2.6.20
Contact: Thomas Maier <balagi@justmail.de>
Description:
-debugfs interface
------------------
-
The pktcdvd module (packet writing driver) creates
these files in debugfs:
/sys/kernel/debug/pktcdvd/pktcdvd[0-7]/
+
+ ==== ====== ====================================
info (0444) Lots of driver statistics and infos.
+ ==== ====== ====================================
-Example:
--------
+Example::
-cat /sys/kernel/debug/pktcdvd/pktcdvd0/info
+ cat /sys/kernel/debug/pktcdvd/pktcdvd0/info
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/dev-kmsg b/Documentation/ABI/testing/dev-kmsg
index 3c0bb76e3417..a377b6c093c9 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/dev-kmsg
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/dev-kmsg
@@ -6,6 +6,7 @@ Description: The /dev/kmsg character device node provides userspace access
to the kernel's printk buffer.
Injecting messages:
+
Every write() to the opened device node places a log entry in
the kernel's printk buffer.
@@ -21,6 +22,7 @@ Description: The /dev/kmsg character device node provides userspace access
the messages can always be reliably determined.
Accessing the buffer:
+
Every read() from the opened device node receives one record
of the kernel's printk buffer.
@@ -48,6 +50,7 @@ Description: The /dev/kmsg character device node provides userspace access
if needed, without limiting the interface to a single reader.
The device supports seek with the following parameters:
+
SEEK_SET, 0
seek to the first entry in the buffer
SEEK_END, 0
@@ -87,18 +90,22 @@ Description: The /dev/kmsg character device node provides userspace access
readable context of the message, for reliable processing in
userspace.
- Example:
- 7,160,424069,-;pci_root PNP0A03:00: host bridge window [io 0x0000-0x0cf7] (ignored)
- SUBSYSTEM=acpi
- DEVICE=+acpi:PNP0A03:00
- 6,339,5140900,-;NET: Registered protocol family 10
- 30,340,5690716,-;udevd[80]: starting version 181
+ Example::
+
+ 7,160,424069,-;pci_root PNP0A03:00: host bridge window [io 0x0000-0x0cf7] (ignored)
+ SUBSYSTEM=acpi
+ DEVICE=+acpi:PNP0A03:00
+ 6,339,5140900,-;NET: Registered protocol family 10
+ 30,340,5690716,-;udevd[80]: starting version 181
The DEVICE= key uniquely identifies devices the following way:
- b12:8 - block dev_t
- c127:3 - char dev_t
- n8 - netdev ifindex
- +sound:card0 - subsystem:devname
+
+ ============ =================
+ b12:8 block dev_t
+ c127:3 char dev_t
+ n8 netdev ifindex
+ +sound:card0 subsystem:devname
+ ============ =================
The flags field carries '-' by default. A 'c' indicates a
fragment of a line. Note, that these hints about continuation
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/evm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/evm
index 201d10319fa1..3c477ba48a31 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/evm
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/evm
@@ -17,26 +17,33 @@ Description:
echoing a value to <securityfs>/evm made up of the
following bits:
+ === ==================================================
Bit Effect
+ === ==================================================
0 Enable HMAC validation and creation
1 Enable digital signature validation
2 Permit modification of EVM-protected metadata at
runtime. Not supported if HMAC validation and
creation is enabled.
31 Disable further runtime modification of EVM policy
+ === ==================================================
- For example:
+ For example::
- echo 1 ><securityfs>/evm
+ echo 1 ><securityfs>/evm
will enable HMAC validation and creation
- echo 0x80000003 ><securityfs>/evm
+ ::
+
+ echo 0x80000003 ><securityfs>/evm
will enable HMAC and digital signature validation and
HMAC creation and disable all further modification of policy.
- echo 0x80000006 ><securityfs>/evm
+ ::
+
+ echo 0x80000006 ><securityfs>/evm
will enable digital signature validation, permit
modification of EVM-protected metadata and
@@ -65,7 +72,7 @@ Description:
Shows the set of extended attributes used to calculate or
validate the EVM signature, and allows additional attributes
to be added at runtime. Any signatures generated after
- additional attributes are added (and on files posessing those
+ additional attributes are added (and on files possessing those
additional attributes) will only be valid if the same
additional attributes are configured on system boot. Writing
a single period (.) will lock the xattr list from any further
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/ima_policy b/Documentation/ABI/testing/ima_policy
index cd572912c593..e35263f97fc1 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/ima_policy
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/ima_policy
@@ -15,19 +15,22 @@ Description:
IMA appraisal, if configured, uses these file measurements
for local measurement appraisal.
- rule format: action [condition ...]
+ ::
- action: measure | dont_measure | appraise | dont_appraise |
- audit | hash | dont_hash
- condition:= base | lsm [option]
+ rule format: action [condition ...]
+
+ action: measure | dont_measure | appraise | dont_appraise |
+ audit | hash | dont_hash
+ condition:= base | lsm [option]
base: [[func=] [mask=] [fsmagic=] [fsuuid=] [uid=]
[euid=] [fowner=] [fsname=]]
lsm: [[subj_user=] [subj_role=] [subj_type=]
[obj_user=] [obj_role=] [obj_type=]]
option: [[appraise_type=]] [template=] [permit_directio]
[appraise_flag=] [keyrings=]
- base: func:= [BPRM_CHECK][MMAP_CHECK][CREDS_CHECK][FILE_CHECK][MODULE_CHECK]
- [FIRMWARE_CHECK]
+ base:
+ func:= [BPRM_CHECK][MMAP_CHECK][CREDS_CHECK][FILE_CHECK]MODULE_CHECK]
+ [FIRMWARE_CHECK]
[KEXEC_KERNEL_CHECK] [KEXEC_INITRAMFS_CHECK]
[KEXEC_CMDLINE] [KEY_CHECK]
mask:= [[^]MAY_READ] [[^]MAY_WRITE] [[^]MAY_APPEND]
@@ -37,8 +40,9 @@ Description:
uid:= decimal value
euid:= decimal value
fowner:= decimal value
- lsm: are LSM specific
- option: appraise_type:= [imasig] [imasig|modsig]
+ lsm: are LSM specific
+ option:
+ appraise_type:= [imasig] [imasig|modsig]
appraise_flag:= [check_blacklist]
Currently, blacklist check is only for files signed with appended
signature.
@@ -49,7 +53,7 @@ Description:
(eg, ima-ng). Only valid when action is "measure".
pcr:= decimal value
- default policy:
+ default policy:
# PROC_SUPER_MAGIC
dont_measure fsmagic=0x9fa0
dont_appraise fsmagic=0x9fa0
@@ -97,7 +101,8 @@ Description:
Examples of LSM specific definitions:
- SELinux:
+ SELinux::
+
dont_measure obj_type=var_log_t
dont_appraise obj_type=var_log_t
dont_measure obj_type=auditd_log_t
@@ -105,10 +110,11 @@ Description:
measure subj_user=system_u func=FILE_CHECK mask=MAY_READ
measure subj_role=system_r func=FILE_CHECK mask=MAY_READ
- Smack:
+ Smack::
+
measure subj_user=_ func=FILE_CHECK mask=MAY_READ
- Example of measure rules using alternate PCRs:
+ Example of measure rules using alternate PCRs::
measure func=KEXEC_KERNEL_CHECK pcr=4
measure func=KEXEC_INITRAMFS_CHECK pcr=5
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-diskstats b/Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-diskstats
index 70dcaf2481f4..df5a3a8c1edf 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-diskstats
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-diskstats
@@ -6,28 +6,32 @@ Description:
of block devices. Each line contains the following 14
fields:
- 1 - major number
- 2 - minor mumber
- 3 - device name
- 4 - reads completed successfully
- 5 - reads merged
- 6 - sectors read
- 7 - time spent reading (ms)
- 8 - writes completed
- 9 - writes merged
- 10 - sectors written
- 11 - time spent writing (ms)
- 12 - I/Os currently in progress
- 13 - time spent doing I/Os (ms)
- 14 - weighted time spent doing I/Os (ms)
+ == ===================================
+ 1 major number
+ 2 minor mumber
+ 3 device name
+ 4 reads completed successfully
+ 5 reads merged
+ 6 sectors read
+ 7 time spent reading (ms)
+ 8 writes completed
+ 9 writes merged
+ 10 sectors written
+ 11 time spent writing (ms)
+ 12 I/Os currently in progress
+ 13 time spent doing I/Os (ms)
+ 14 weighted time spent doing I/Os (ms)
+ == ===================================
Kernel 4.18+ appends four more fields for discard
tracking putting the total at 18:
- 15 - discards completed successfully
- 16 - discards merged
- 17 - sectors discarded
- 18 - time spent discarding
+ == ===================================
+ 15 discards completed successfully
+ 16 discards merged
+ 17 sectors discarded
+ 18 time spent discarding
+ == ===================================
Kernel 5.5+ appends two more fields for flush requests:
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block
index 2322eb748b38..e34cdeeeb9d4 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block
@@ -4,23 +4,27 @@ Contact: Jerome Marchand <jmarchan@redhat.com>
Description:
The /sys/block/<disk>/stat files displays the I/O
statistics of disk <disk>. They contain 11 fields:
- 1 - reads completed successfully
- 2 - reads merged
- 3 - sectors read
- 4 - time spent reading (ms)
- 5 - writes completed
- 6 - writes merged
- 7 - sectors written
- 8 - time spent writing (ms)
- 9 - I/Os currently in progress
- 10 - time spent doing I/Os (ms)
- 11 - weighted time spent doing I/Os (ms)
- 12 - discards completed
- 13 - discards merged
- 14 - sectors discarded
- 15 - time spent discarding (ms)
- 16 - flush requests completed
- 17 - time spent flushing (ms)
+
+ == ==============================================
+ 1 reads completed successfully
+ 2 reads merged
+ 3 sectors read
+ 4 time spent reading (ms)
+ 5 writes completed
+ 6 writes merged
+ 7 sectors written
+ 8 time spent writing (ms)
+ 9 I/Os currently in progress
+ 10 time spent doing I/Os (ms)
+ 11 weighted time spent doing I/Os (ms)
+ 12 discards completed
+ 13 discards merged
+ 14 sectors discarded
+ 15 time spent discarding (ms)
+ 16 flush requests completed
+ 17 time spent flushing (ms)
+ == ==============================================
+
For more details refer Documentation/admin-guide/iostats.rst
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-device b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-device
index 17f2bc7dd261..aa0fb500e3c9 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-device
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-device
@@ -8,11 +8,13 @@ Description:
It has the following valid values:
+ == ========================================================
0 OFF - the LED is not activated on activity
1 BLINK_ON - the LED blinks on every 10ms when activity is
detected.
2 BLINK_OFF - the LED is on when idle, and blinks off
every 10ms when activity is detected.
+ == ========================================================
Note that the user must turn sw_activity OFF it they wish to
control the activity LED via the em_message file.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-acpi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-acpi
index e7898cfe5fb1..c78603497b97 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-acpi
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-acpi
@@ -67,14 +67,16 @@ Description:
The return value is a decimal integer representing the device's
status bitmap:
- Bit [0] – Set if the device is present.
- Bit [1] – Set if the device is enabled and decoding its
- resources.
- Bit [2] – Set if the device should be shown in the UI.
- Bit [3] – Set if the device is functioning properly (cleared if
- device failed its diagnostics).
- Bit [4] – Set if the battery is present.
- Bits [31:5] – Reserved (must be cleared)
+ =========== ==================================================
+ Bit [0] Set if the device is present.
+ Bit [1] Set if the device is enabled and decoding its
+ resources.
+ Bit [2] Set if the device should be shown in the UI.
+ Bit [3] Set if the device is functioning properly (cleared
+ if device failed its diagnostics).
+ Bit [4] Set if the battery is present.
+ Bits [31:5] Reserved (must be cleared)
+ =========== ==================================================
If bit [0] is clear, then bit 1 must also be clear (a device
that is not present cannot be enabled).
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-format b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-format
index 5bb793ec926c..df7ccc1b2fba 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-format
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-format
@@ -10,7 +10,8 @@ Description:
name/value pairs.
Userspace must be prepared for the possibility that attributes
- define overlapping bit ranges. For example:
+ define overlapping bit ranges. For example::
+
attr1 = 'config:0-23'
attr2 = 'config:0-7'
attr3 = 'config:12-35'
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-pca954x b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-pca954x
index 0b0de8cd0d13..b6c69eb80ca4 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-pca954x
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-pca954x
@@ -6,15 +6,18 @@ Description:
Value that exists only for mux devices that can be
written to control the behaviour of the multiplexer on
idle. Possible values:
- -2 - disconnect on idle, i.e. deselect the last used
- channel, which is useful when there is a device
- with an address that conflicts with another
- device on another mux on the same parent bus.
- -1 - leave the mux as-is, which is the most optimal
- setting in terms of I2C operations and is the
- default mode.
- 0..<nchans> - set the mux to a predetermined channel,
- which is useful if there is one channel that is
- used almost always, and you want to reduce the
- latency for normal operations after rare
- transactions on other channels
+
+ =========== ===============================================
+ -2 disconnect on idle, i.e. deselect the last used
+ channel, which is useful when there is a device
+ with an address that conflicts with another
+ device on another mux on the same parent bus.
+ -1 leave the mux as-is, which is the most optimal
+ setting in terms of I2C operations and is the
+ default mode.
+ 0..<nchans> set the mux to a predetermined channel,
+ which is useful if there is one channel that is
+ used almost always, and you want to reduce the
+ latency for normal operations after rare
+ transactions on other channels
+ =========== ===============================================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio
index a9d51810a3ba..e3df71987eff 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio
@@ -65,6 +65,7 @@ Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
Description:
When the internal sampling clock can only take a specific set of
frequencies, we can specify the available values with:
+
- a small discrete set of values like "0 2 4 6 8"
- a range with minimum, step and maximum frequencies like
"[min step max]"
@@ -1627,17 +1628,21 @@ Description:
Mounting matrix for IIO sensors. This is a rotation matrix which
informs userspace about sensor chip's placement relative to the
main hardware it is mounted on.
+
Main hardware placement is defined according to the local
reference frame related to the physical quantity the sensor
measures.
+
Given that the rotation matrix is defined in a board specific
way (platform data and / or device-tree), the main hardware
reference frame definition is left to the implementor's choice
(see below for a magnetometer example).
+
Applications should apply this rotation matrix to samples so
that when main hardware reference frame is aligned onto local
reference frame, then sensor chip reference frame is also
perfectly aligned with it.
+
Matrix is a 3x3 unitary matrix and typically looks like
[0, 1, 0; 1, 0, 0; 0, 0, -1]. Identity matrix
[1, 0, 0; 0, 1, 0; 0, 0, 1] means sensor chip and main hardware
@@ -1646,8 +1651,10 @@ Description:
For example, a mounting matrix for a magnetometer sensor informs
userspace about sensor chip's ORIENTATION relative to the main
hardware.
+
More specifically, main hardware orientation is defined with
respect to the LOCAL EARTH GEOMAGNETIC REFERENCE FRAME where :
+
* Y is in the ground plane and positive towards magnetic North ;
* X is in the ground plane, perpendicular to the North axis and
positive towards the East ;
@@ -1656,13 +1663,16 @@ Description:
An implementor might consider that for a hand-held device, a
'natural' orientation would be 'front facing camera at the top'.
The main hardware reference frame could then be described as :
+
* Y is in the plane of the screen and is positive towards the
top of the screen ;
* X is in the plane of the screen, perpendicular to Y axis, and
positive towards the right hand side of the screen ;
* Z is perpendicular to the screen plane and positive out of the
screen.
+
Another example for a quadrotor UAV might be :
+
* Y is in the plane of the propellers and positive towards the
front-view camera;
* X is in the plane of the propellers, perpendicular to Y axis,
@@ -1704,6 +1714,7 @@ Description:
This interface is deprecated; please use the Counter subsystem.
A list of possible counting directions which are:
+
- "up" : counter device is increasing.
- "down": counter device is decreasing.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-envelope-detector b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-envelope-detector
index 2071f9bcfaa5..1c2a07f7a75e 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-envelope-detector
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-envelope-detector
@@ -5,7 +5,8 @@ Contact: Peter Rosin <peda@axentia.se>
Description:
The DAC is used to find the peak level of an alternating
voltage input signal by a binary search using the output
- of a comparator wired to an interrupt pin. Like so:
+ of a comparator wired to an interrupt pin. Like so::
+
_
| \
input +------>-------|+ \
@@ -19,10 +20,12 @@ Description:
| irq|------<-------'
| |
'-------'
+
The boolean invert attribute (0/1) should be set when the
input signal is centered around the maximum value of the
dac instead of zero. The envelope detector will search
from below in this case and will also invert the result.
+
The edge/level of the interrupt is also switched to its
opposite value.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-cros-ec b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-cros-ec
index 6158f831c761..adf24c40126f 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-cros-ec
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-cros-ec
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ KernelVersion: 4.7
Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
Description:
Writing '1' will perform a FOC (Fast Online Calibration). The
- corresponding calibration offsets can be read from *_calibbias
+ corresponding calibration offsets can be read from `*_calibbias`
entries.
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/location
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-dfsdm-adc-stm32 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-dfsdm-adc-stm32
index 0e66ae9b0071..91439d6d60b5 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-dfsdm-adc-stm32
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-dfsdm-adc-stm32
@@ -3,14 +3,20 @@ KernelVersion: 4.14
Contact: arnaud.pouliquen@st.com
Description:
For audio purpose only.
+
Used by audio driver to set/get the spi input frequency.
+
This is mandatory if DFSDM is slave on SPI bus, to
provide information on the SPI clock frequency during runtime
Notice that the SPI frequency should be a multiple of sample
frequency to ensure the precision.
- if DFSDM input is SPI master
+
+ if DFSDM input is SPI master:
+
Reading SPI clkout frequency,
error on writing
+
If DFSDM input is SPI Slave:
+
Reading returns value previously set.
Writing value before starting conversions.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-lptimer-stm32 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-lptimer-stm32
index ad2cc63e4bf8..73498ff666bd 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-lptimer-stm32
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-lptimer-stm32
@@ -17,9 +17,11 @@ KernelVersion: 4.13
Contact: fabrice.gasnier@st.com
Description:
Configure the device counter quadrature modes:
+
- non-quadrature:
Encoder IN1 input servers as the count input (up
direction).
+
- quadrature:
Encoder IN1 and IN2 inputs are mixed to get direction
and count.
@@ -35,23 +37,26 @@ KernelVersion: 4.13
Contact: fabrice.gasnier@st.com
Description:
Configure the device encoder/counter active edge:
+
- rising-edge
- falling-edge
- both-edges
In non-quadrature mode, device counts up on active edge.
+
In quadrature mode, encoder counting scenarios are as follows:
- ----------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ +---------+----------+--------------------+--------------------+
| Active | Level on | IN1 signal | IN2 signal |
- | edge | opposite |------------------------------------------
+ | edge | opposite +----------+---------+----------+---------+
| | signal | Rising | Falling | Rising | Falling |
- ----------------------------------------------------------------
- | Rising | High -> | Down | - | Up | - |
- | edge | Low -> | Up | - | Down | - |
- ----------------------------------------------------------------
- | Falling | High -> | - | Up | - | Down |
- | edge | Low -> | - | Down | - | Up |
- ----------------------------------------------------------------
- | Both | High -> | Down | Up | Up | Down |
- | edges | Low -> | Up | Down | Down | Up |
- ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ +---------+----------+----------+---------+----------+---------+
+ | Rising | High -> | Down | - | Up | - |
+ | edge | Low -> | Up | - | Down | - |
+ +---------+----------+----------+---------+----------+---------+
+ | Falling | High -> | - | Up | - | Down |
+ | edge | Low -> | - | Down | - | Up |
+ +---------+----------+----------+---------+----------+---------+
+ | Both | High -> | Down | Up | Up | Down |
+ | edges | Low -> | Up | Down | Down | Up |
+ +---------+----------+----------+---------+----------+---------+
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-magnetometer-hmc5843 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-magnetometer-hmc5843
index 6275e9f56e6c..13f099ef6a95 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-magnetometer-hmc5843
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-magnetometer-hmc5843
@@ -5,11 +5,16 @@ Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
Description:
Current configuration and available configurations
for the bias current.
- normal - Normal measurement configurations (default)
- positivebias - Positive bias configuration
- negativebias - Negative bias configuration
- disabled - Only available on HMC5983. Disables magnetic
+
+ ============ ============================================
+ normal Normal measurement configurations (default)
+ positivebias Positive bias configuration
+ negativebias Negative bias configuration
+ disabled Only available on HMC5983. Disables magnetic
sensor and enables temperature sensor.
- Note: The effect of this configuration may vary
- according to the device. For exact documentation
- check the device's datasheet.
+ ============ ============================================
+
+ Note:
+ The effect of this configuration may vary
+ according to the device. For exact documentation
+ check the device's datasheet.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-temperature-max31856 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-temperature-max31856
index 3b3509a3ef2f..e5ef6d8e5da1 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-temperature-max31856
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-temperature-max31856
@@ -5,9 +5,12 @@ Description:
Open-circuit fault. The detection of open-circuit faults,
such as those caused by broken thermocouple wires.
Reading returns either '1' or '0'.
- '1' = An open circuit such as broken thermocouple wires
- has been detected.
- '0' = No open circuit or broken thermocouple wires are detected
+
+ === =======================================================
+ '1' An open circuit such as broken thermocouple wires
+ has been detected.
+ '0' No open circuit or broken thermocouple wires are detected
+ === =======================================================
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/fault_ovuv
KernelVersion: 5.1
@@ -18,7 +21,11 @@ Description:
cables by integrated MOSFETs at the T+ and T- inputs, and the
BIAS output. These MOSFETs turn off when the input voltage is
negative or greater than VDD.
+
Reading returns either '1' or '0'.
- '1' = The input voltage is negative or greater than VDD.
- '0' = The input voltage is positive and less than VDD (normal
- state).
+
+ === =======================================================
+ '1' The input voltage is negative or greater than VDD.
+ '0' The input voltage is positive and less than VDD (normal
+ state).
+ === =======================================================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-timer-stm32 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-timer-stm32
index b7259234ad70..a10a4de3e5fe 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-timer-stm32
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-timer-stm32
@@ -3,67 +3,85 @@ KernelVersion: 4.11
Contact: benjamin.gaignard@st.com
Description:
Reading returns the list possible master modes which are:
- - "reset" : The UG bit from the TIMx_EGR register is
+
+
+ - "reset"
+ The UG bit from the TIMx_EGR register is
used as trigger output (TRGO).
- - "enable" : The Counter Enable signal CNT_EN is used
+ - "enable"
+ The Counter Enable signal CNT_EN is used
as trigger output.
- - "update" : The update event is selected as trigger output.
+ - "update"
+ The update event is selected as trigger output.
For instance a master timer can then be used
as a prescaler for a slave timer.
- - "compare_pulse" : The trigger output send a positive pulse
- when the CC1IF flag is to be set.
- - "OC1REF" : OC1REF signal is used as trigger output.
- - "OC2REF" : OC2REF signal is used as trigger output.
- - "OC3REF" : OC3REF signal is used as trigger output.
- - "OC4REF" : OC4REF signal is used as trigger output.
+ - "compare_pulse"
+ The trigger output send a positive pulse
+ when the CC1IF flag is to be set.
+ - "OC1REF"
+ OC1REF signal is used as trigger output.
+ - "OC2REF"
+ OC2REF signal is used as trigger output.
+ - "OC3REF"
+ OC3REF signal is used as trigger output.
+ - "OC4REF"
+ OC4REF signal is used as trigger output.
+
Additional modes (on TRGO2 only):
- - "OC5REF" : OC5REF signal is used as trigger output.
- - "OC6REF" : OC6REF signal is used as trigger output.
+
+ - "OC5REF"
+ OC5REF signal is used as trigger output.
+ - "OC6REF"
+ OC6REF signal is used as trigger output.
- "compare_pulse_OC4REF":
- OC4REF rising or falling edges generate pulses.
+ OC4REF rising or falling edges generate pulses.
- "compare_pulse_OC6REF":
- OC6REF rising or falling edges generate pulses.
+ OC6REF rising or falling edges generate pulses.
- "compare_pulse_OC4REF_r_or_OC6REF_r":
- OC4REF or OC6REF rising edges generate pulses.
+ OC4REF or OC6REF rising edges generate pulses.
- "compare_pulse_OC4REF_r_or_OC6REF_f":
- OC4REF rising or OC6REF falling edges generate pulses.
+ OC4REF rising or OC6REF falling edges generate
+ pulses.
- "compare_pulse_OC5REF_r_or_OC6REF_r":
- OC5REF or OC6REF rising edges generate pulses.
+ OC5REF or OC6REF rising edges generate pulses.
- "compare_pulse_OC5REF_r_or_OC6REF_f":
- OC5REF rising or OC6REF falling edges generate pulses.
+ OC5REF rising or OC6REF falling edges generate
+ pulses.
- +-----------+ +-------------+ +---------+
- | Prescaler +-> | Counter | +-> | Master | TRGO(2)
- +-----------+ +--+--------+-+ |-> | Control +-->
- | | || +---------+
- +--v--------+-+ OCxREF || +---------+
- | Chx compare +----------> | Output | ChX
- +-----------+-+ | | Control +-->
- . | | +---------+
- . | | .
- +-----------v-+ OC6REF | .
- | Ch6 compare +---------+>
- +-------------+
+ ::
- Example with: "compare_pulse_OC4REF_r_or_OC6REF_r":
+ +-----------+ +-------------+ +---------+
+ | Prescaler +-> | Counter | +-> | Master | TRGO(2)
+ +-----------+ +--+--------+-+ |-> | Control +-->
+ | | || +---------+
+ +--v--------+-+ OCxREF || +---------+
+ | Chx compare +----------> | Output | ChX
+ +-----------+-+ | | Control +-->
+ . | | +---------+
+ . | | .
+ +-----------v-+ OC6REF | .
+ | Ch6 compare +---------+>
+ +-------------+
- X
- X X
- X . . X
- X . . X
- X . . X
- count X . . . . X
- . . . .
- . . . .
- +---------------+
- OC4REF | . . |
- +-+ . . +-+
- . +---+ .
- OC6REF . | | .
- +-------+ +-------+
- +-+ +-+
- TRGO2 | | | |
- +-+ +---+ +---------+
+ Example with: "compare_pulse_OC4REF_r_or_OC6REF_r"::
+
+ X
+ X X
+ X . . X
+ X . . X
+ X . . X
+ count X . . . . X
+ . . . .
+ . . . .
+ +---------------+
+ OC4REF | . . |
+ +-+ . . +-+
+ . +---+ .
+ OC6REF . | | .
+ +-------+ +-------+
+ +-+ +-+
+ TRGO2 | | | |
+ +-+ +---+ +---------+
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/triggerX/master_mode
KernelVersion: 4.11
@@ -91,6 +109,30 @@ Description:
When counting down the counter start from preset value
and fire event when reach 0.
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_count_quadrature_mode_available
+KernelVersion: 4.12
+Contact: benjamin.gaignard@st.com
+Description:
+ Reading returns the list possible quadrature modes.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_count0_quadrature_mode
+KernelVersion: 4.12
+Contact: benjamin.gaignard@st.com
+Description:
+ Configure the device counter quadrature modes:
+
+ channel_A:
+ Encoder A input servers as the count input and B as
+ the UP/DOWN direction control input.
+
+ channel_B:
+ Encoder B input serves as the count input and A as
+ the UP/DOWN direction control input.
+
+ quadrature:
+ Encoder A and B inputs are mixed to get direction
+ and count with a scale of 0.25.
+
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_count_enable_mode_available
KernelVersion: 4.12
Contact: benjamin.gaignard@st.com
@@ -104,6 +146,7 @@ Description:
Configure the device counter enable modes, in all case
counting direction is set by in_count0_count_direction
attribute and the counter is clocked by the internal clock.
+
always:
Counter is always ON.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-intel_th-devices-msc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-intel_th-devices-msc
index 7fd2601c2831..a74252e580a5 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-intel_th-devices-msc
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-intel_th-devices-msc
@@ -9,11 +9,13 @@ Date: June 2015
KernelVersion: 4.3
Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com>
Description: (RW) Configure MSC operating mode:
+
- "single", for contiguous buffer mode (high-order alloc);
- "multi", for multiblock mode;
- "ExI", for DCI handler mode;
- "debug", for debug mode;
- any of the currently loaded buffer sinks.
+
If operating mode changes, existing buffer is deallocated,
provided there are no active users and tracing is not enabled,
otherwise the write will fail.
@@ -23,10 +25,12 @@ Date: June 2015
KernelVersion: 4.3
Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com>
Description: (RW) Configure MSC buffer size for "single" or "multi" modes.
+
In single mode, this is a single number of pages, has to be
power of 2. In multiblock mode, this is a comma-separated list
of numbers of pages for each window to be allocated. Number of
windows is not limited.
+
Writing to this file deallocates existing buffer (provided
there are no active users and tracing is not enabled) and then
allocates a new one.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-nfit b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-nfit
index e4f76e7eab93..63ef0b9ecce7 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-nfit
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-nfit
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-For all of the nmem device attributes under nfit/*, see the 'NVDIMM Firmware
+For all of the nmem device attributes under ``nfit/*``, see the 'NVDIMM Firmware
Interface Table (NFIT)' section in the ACPI specification
(http://www.uefi.org/specifications) for more details.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-devices-aer_stats b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-devices-aer_stats
index 3c9a8c4a25eb..860db53037a5 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-devices-aer_stats
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-devices-aer_stats
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
-==========================
PCIe Device AER statistics
-==========================
+--------------------------
+
These attributes show up under all the devices that are AER capable. These
statistical counters indicate the errors "as seen/reported by the device".
Note that this may mean that if an endpoint is causing problems, the AER
@@ -17,19 +17,18 @@ Description: List of correctable errors seen and reported by this
PCI device using ERR_COR. Note that since multiple errors may
be reported using a single ERR_COR message, thus
TOTAL_ERR_COR at the end of the file may not match the actual
- total of all the errors in the file. Sample output:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
-localhost /sys/devices/pci0000:00/0000:00:1c.0 # cat aer_dev_correctable
-Receiver Error 2
-Bad TLP 0
-Bad DLLP 0
-RELAY_NUM Rollover 0
-Replay Timer Timeout 0
-Advisory Non-Fatal 0
-Corrected Internal Error 0
-Header Log Overflow 0
-TOTAL_ERR_COR 2
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ total of all the errors in the file. Sample output::
+
+ localhost /sys/devices/pci0000:00/0000:00:1c.0 # cat aer_dev_correctable
+ Receiver Error 2
+ Bad TLP 0
+ Bad DLLP 0
+ RELAY_NUM Rollover 0
+ Replay Timer Timeout 0
+ Advisory Non-Fatal 0
+ Corrected Internal Error 0
+ Header Log Overflow 0
+ TOTAL_ERR_COR 2
What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/aer_dev_fatal
Date: July 2018
@@ -39,28 +38,27 @@ Description: List of uncorrectable fatal errors seen and reported by this
PCI device using ERR_FATAL. Note that since multiple errors may
be reported using a single ERR_FATAL message, thus
TOTAL_ERR_FATAL at the end of the file may not match the actual
- total of all the errors in the file. Sample output:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
-localhost /sys/devices/pci0000:00/0000:00:1c.0 # cat aer_dev_fatal
-Undefined 0
-Data Link Protocol 0
-Surprise Down Error 0
-Poisoned TLP 0
-Flow Control Protocol 0
-Completion Timeout 0
-Completer Abort 0
-Unexpected Completion 0
-Receiver Overflow 0
-Malformed TLP 0
-ECRC 0
-Unsupported Request 0
-ACS Violation 0
-Uncorrectable Internal Error 0
-MC Blocked TLP 0
-AtomicOp Egress Blocked 0
-TLP Prefix Blocked Error 0
-TOTAL_ERR_FATAL 0
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ total of all the errors in the file. Sample output::
+
+ localhost /sys/devices/pci0000:00/0000:00:1c.0 # cat aer_dev_fatal
+ Undefined 0
+ Data Link Protocol 0
+ Surprise Down Error 0
+ Poisoned TLP 0
+ Flow Control Protocol 0
+ Completion Timeout 0
+ Completer Abort 0
+ Unexpected Completion 0
+ Receiver Overflow 0
+ Malformed TLP 0
+ ECRC 0
+ Unsupported Request 0
+ ACS Violation 0
+ Uncorrectable Internal Error 0
+ MC Blocked TLP 0
+ AtomicOp Egress Blocked 0
+ TLP Prefix Blocked Error 0
+ TOTAL_ERR_FATAL 0
What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/aer_dev_nonfatal
Date: July 2018
@@ -70,32 +68,31 @@ Description: List of uncorrectable nonfatal errors seen and reported by this
PCI device using ERR_NONFATAL. Note that since multiple errors
may be reported using a single ERR_FATAL message, thus
TOTAL_ERR_NONFATAL at the end of the file may not match the
- actual total of all the errors in the file. Sample output:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
-localhost /sys/devices/pci0000:00/0000:00:1c.0 # cat aer_dev_nonfatal
-Undefined 0
-Data Link Protocol 0
-Surprise Down Error 0
-Poisoned TLP 0
-Flow Control Protocol 0
-Completion Timeout 0
-Completer Abort 0
-Unexpected Completion 0
-Receiver Overflow 0
-Malformed TLP 0
-ECRC 0
-Unsupported Request 0
-ACS Violation 0
-Uncorrectable Internal Error 0
-MC Blocked TLP 0
-AtomicOp Egress Blocked 0
-TLP Prefix Blocked Error 0
-TOTAL_ERR_NONFATAL 0
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ actual total of all the errors in the file. Sample output::
+
+ localhost /sys/devices/pci0000:00/0000:00:1c.0 # cat aer_dev_nonfatal
+ Undefined 0
+ Data Link Protocol 0
+ Surprise Down Error 0
+ Poisoned TLP 0
+ Flow Control Protocol 0
+ Completion Timeout 0
+ Completer Abort 0
+ Unexpected Completion 0
+ Receiver Overflow 0
+ Malformed TLP 0
+ ECRC 0
+ Unsupported Request 0
+ ACS Violation 0
+ Uncorrectable Internal Error 0
+ MC Blocked TLP 0
+ AtomicOp Egress Blocked 0
+ TLP Prefix Blocked Error 0
+ TOTAL_ERR_NONFATAL 0
-============================
PCIe Rootport AER statistics
-============================
+----------------------------
+
These attributes show up under only the rootports (or root complex event
collectors) that are AER capable. These indicate the number of error messages as
"reported to" the rootport. Please note that the rootports also transmit
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rapidio b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rapidio
index 13208b27dd87..634ea207a50a 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rapidio
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rapidio
@@ -4,24 +4,27 @@ Description:
an individual subdirectory with the following name format of
device_name "nn:d:iiii", where:
- nn - two-digit hexadecimal ID of RapidIO network where the
+ ==== ========================================================
+ nn two-digit hexadecimal ID of RapidIO network where the
device resides
- d - device type: 'e' - for endpoint or 's' - for switch
- iiii - four-digit device destID for endpoints, or switchID for
+ d device type: 'e' - for endpoint or 's' - for switch
+ iiii four-digit device destID for endpoints, or switchID for
switches
+ ==== ========================================================
For example, below is a list of device directories that
represents a typical RapidIO network with one switch, one host,
and two agent endpoints, as it is seen by the enumerating host
- (with destID = 1):
+ (with destID = 1)::
- /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/00:e:0000
- /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/00:e:0002
- /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/00:s:0001
+ /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/00:e:0000
+ /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/00:e:0002
+ /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/00:s:0001
- NOTE: An enumerating or discovering endpoint does not create a
- sysfs entry for itself, this is why an endpoint with destID=1 is
- not shown in the list.
+ NOTE:
+ An enumerating or discovering endpoint does not create a
+ sysfs entry for itself, this is why an endpoint with destID=1
+ is not shown in the list.
Attributes Common for All RapidIO Devices
-----------------------------------------
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-thunderbolt b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-thunderbolt
index dd565c378b40..171127294674 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-thunderbolt
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-thunderbolt
@@ -37,16 +37,18 @@ Contact: thunderbolt-software@lists.01.org
Description: This attribute holds current Thunderbolt security level
set by the system BIOS. Possible values are:
- none: All devices are automatically authorized
- user: Devices are only authorized based on writing
- appropriate value to the authorized attribute
- secure: Require devices that support secure connect at
- minimum. User needs to authorize each device.
- dponly: Automatically tunnel Display port (and USB). No
- PCIe tunnels are created.
- usbonly: Automatically tunnel USB controller of the
+ ======= ==================================================
+ none All devices are automatically authorized
+ user Devices are only authorized based on writing
+ appropriate value to the authorized attribute
+ secure Require devices that support secure connect at
+ minimum. User needs to authorize each device.
+ dponly Automatically tunnel Display port (and USB). No
+ PCIe tunnels are created.
+ usbonly Automatically tunnel USB controller of the
connected Thunderbolt dock (and Display Port). All
PCIe links downstream of the dock are removed.
+ ======= ==================================================
What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/.../authorized
Date: Sep 2017
@@ -61,17 +63,23 @@ Description: This attribute is used to authorize Thunderbolt devices
yet authorized.
Possible values are supported:
- 1: The device will be authorized and connected
+
+ == ===========================================
+ 1 The device will be authorized and connected
+ == ===========================================
When key attribute contains 32 byte hex string the possible
values are:
- 1: The 32 byte hex string is added to the device NVM and
- the device is authorized.
- 2: Send a challenge based on the 32 byte hex string. If the
- challenge response from device is valid, the device is
- authorized. In case of failure errno will be ENOKEY if
- the device did not contain a key at all, and
- EKEYREJECTED if the challenge response did not match.
+
+ == ========================================================
+ 1 The 32 byte hex string is added to the device NVM and
+ the device is authorized.
+ 2 Send a challenge based on the 32 byte hex string. If the
+ challenge response from device is valid, the device is
+ authorized. In case of failure errno will be ENOKEY if
+ the device did not contain a key at all, and
+ EKEYREJECTED if the challenge response did not match.
+ == ========================================================
What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/.../boot
Date: Jun 2018
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb
index 614d216dff1d..e449b8374f6a 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb
@@ -72,24 +72,27 @@ Description:
table at compile time. The format for the device ID is:
idVendor idProduct bInterfaceClass RefIdVendor RefIdProduct
The vendor ID and device ID fields are required, the
- rest is optional. The Ref* tuple can be used to tell the
+ rest is optional. The `Ref*` tuple can be used to tell the
driver to use the same driver_data for the new device as
it is used for the reference device.
Upon successfully adding an ID, the driver will probe
- for the device and attempt to bind to it. For example:
- # echo "8086 10f5" > /sys/bus/usb/drivers/foo/new_id
+ for the device and attempt to bind to it. For example::
+
+ # echo "8086 10f5" > /sys/bus/usb/drivers/foo/new_id
Here add a new device (0458:7045) using driver_data from
- an already supported device (0458:704c):
- # echo "0458 7045 0 0458 704c" > /sys/bus/usb/drivers/foo/new_id
+ an already supported device (0458:704c)::
+
+ # echo "0458 7045 0 0458 704c" > /sys/bus/usb/drivers/foo/new_id
Reading from this file will list all dynamically added
device IDs in the same format, with one entry per
- line. For example:
- # cat /sys/bus/usb/drivers/foo/new_id
- 8086 10f5
- dead beef 06
- f00d cafe
+ line. For example::
+
+ # cat /sys/bus/usb/drivers/foo/new_id
+ 8086 10f5
+ dead beef 06
+ f00d cafe
The list will be truncated at PAGE_SIZE bytes due to
sysfs restrictions.
@@ -209,6 +212,7 @@ Description:
advance, and behaves well according to the specification.
This attribute is a bit-field that controls the behavior of
a specific port:
+
- Bit 0 of this field selects the "old" enumeration scheme,
as it is considerably faster (it only causes one USB reset
instead of 2).
@@ -233,10 +237,10 @@ Description:
poll() for monitoring changes to this value in user space.
Any time this value changes the corresponding hub device will send a
- udev event with the following attributes:
+ udev event with the following attributes::
- OVER_CURRENT_PORT=/sys/bus/usb/devices/.../(hub interface)/portX
- OVER_CURRENT_COUNT=[current value of this sysfs attribute]
+ OVER_CURRENT_PORT=/sys/bus/usb/devices/.../(hub interface)/portX
+ OVER_CURRENT_COUNT=[current value of this sysfs attribute]
What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../(hub interface)/portX/usb3_lpm_permit
Date: November 2015
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb-devices-usbsevseg b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb-devices-usbsevseg
index 9ade80f81f96..2f86e4223bfc 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb-devices-usbsevseg
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb-devices-usbsevseg
@@ -12,8 +12,11 @@ KernelVersion: 2.6.26
Contact: Harrison Metzger <harrisonmetz@gmail.com>
Description: Controls the devices display mode.
For a 6 character display the values are
+
MSB 0x06; LSB 0x3F, and
+
for an 8 character display the values are
+
MSB 0x08; LSB 0xFF.
What: /sys/bus/usb/.../textmode
@@ -37,7 +40,7 @@ KernelVersion: 2.6.26
Contact: Harrison Metzger <harrisonmetz@gmail.com>
Description: Controls the decimal places on the device.
To set the nth decimal place, give this field
- the value of 10 ** n. Assume this field has
+ the value of ``10 ** n``. Assume this field has
the value k and has 1 or more decimal places set,
to set the mth place (where m is not already set),
- change this fields value to k + 10 ** m.
+ change this fields value to ``k + 10 ** m``.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-vfio-mdev b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-vfio-mdev
index 452dbe39270e..59fc804265db 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-vfio-mdev
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-vfio-mdev
@@ -28,8 +28,9 @@ Description:
Writing UUID to this file will create mediated device of
type <type-id> for parent device <device>. This is a
write-only file.
- For example:
- # echo "83b8f4f2-509f-382f-3c1e-e6bfe0fa1001" > \
+ For example::
+
+ # echo "83b8f4f2-509f-382f-3c1e-e6bfe0fa1001" > \
/sys/devices/foo/mdev_supported_types/foo-1/create
What: /sys/.../mdev_supported_types/<type-id>/devices/
@@ -107,5 +108,6 @@ Description:
Writing '1' to this file destroys the mediated device. The
vendor driver can fail the remove() callback if that device
is active and the vendor driver doesn't support hot unplug.
- Example:
- # echo 1 > /sys/bus/mdev/devices/<UUID>/remove
+ Example::
+
+ # echo 1 > /sys/bus/mdev/devices/<UUID>/remove
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-cxl b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-cxl
index 7970e3713e70..a6f51a104c44 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-cxl
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-cxl
@@ -72,11 +72,16 @@ Description: read/write
when performing the START_WORK ioctl. Only applicable when
running under hashed page table mmu.
Possible values:
- none: No prefaulting (default)
- work_element_descriptor: Treat the work element
- descriptor as an effective address and
- prefault what it points to.
- all: all segments process calling START_WORK maps.
+
+ ======================= ======================================
+ none No prefaulting (default)
+ work_element_descriptor Treat the work element
+ descriptor as an effective address and
+ prefault what it points to.
+ all all segments process calling
+ START_WORK maps.
+ ======================= ======================================
+
Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl
What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>/reset
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led
index 5f67f7ab277b..65e040978f73 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ Description:
You can change triggers in a similar manner to the way an IO
scheduler is chosen. Trigger specific parameters can appear in
/sys/class/leds/<led> once a given trigger is selected. For
- their documentation see sysfs-class-led-trigger-*.
+ their documentation see `sysfs-class-led-trigger-*`.
What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/inverted
Date: January 2011
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-el15203000 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-el15203000
index f520ece9b64c..69befe947d7e 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-el15203000
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-el15203000
@@ -6,127 +6,132 @@ Description:
The LEDs board supports only predefined patterns by firmware
for specific LEDs.
- Breathing mode for Screen frame light tube:
- "0 4000 1 4000"
+ Breathing mode for Screen frame light tube::
- ^
- |
- Max-| ---
- | / \
- | / \
- | / \ /
- | / \ /
- Min-|- ---
- |
- 0------4------8--> time (sec)
+ "0 4000 1 4000"
- Cascade mode for Pipe LED:
- "1 800 2 800 4 800 8 800 16 800"
+ ^
+ |
+ Max-| ---
+ | / \
+ | / \
+ | / \ /
+ | / \ /
+ Min-|- ---
+ |
+ 0------4------8--> time (sec)
- ^
- |
- 0 On -|----+ +----+ +---
- | | | | |
- Off-| +-------------------+ +-------------------+
- |
- 1 On -| +----+ +----+
- | | | | |
- Off |----+ +-------------------+ +------------------
- |
- 2 On -| +----+ +----+
- | | | | |
- Off-|---------+ +-------------------+ +-------------
- |
- 3 On -| +----+ +----+
- | | | | |
- Off-|--------------+ +-------------------+ +--------
- |
- 4 On -| +----+ +----+
- | | | | |
- Off-|-------------------+ +-------------------+ +---
- |
- 0---0.8--1.6--2.4--3.2---4---4.8--5.6--6.4--7.2---8--> time (sec)
+ Cascade mode for Pipe LED::
- Inverted cascade mode for Pipe LED:
- "30 800 29 800 27 800 23 800 15 800"
+ "1 800 2 800 4 800 8 800 16 800"
- ^
- |
- 0 On -| +-------------------+ +-------------------+
- | | | | |
- Off-|----+ +----+ +---
- |
- 1 On -|----+ +-------------------+ +------------------
- | | | | |
- Off | +----+ +----+
- |
- 2 On -|---------+ +-------------------+ +-------------
- | | | | |
- Off-| +----+ +----+
- |
- 3 On -|--------------+ +-------------------+ +--------
- | | | | |
- Off-| +----+ +----+
- |
- 4 On -|-------------------+ +-------------------+ +---
- | | | | |
- Off-| +----+ +----+
- |
- 0---0.8--1.6--2.4--3.2---4---4.8--5.6--6.4--7.2---8--> time (sec)
+ ^
+ |
+ 0 On -|----+ +----+ +---
+ | | | | |
+ Off-| +-------------------+ +-------------------+
+ |
+ 1 On -| +----+ +----+
+ | | | | |
+ Off |----+ +-------------------+ +------------------
+ |
+ 2 On -| +----+ +----+
+ | | | | |
+ Off-|---------+ +-------------------+ +-------------
+ |
+ 3 On -| +----+ +----+
+ | | | | |
+ Off-|--------------+ +-------------------+ +--------
+ |
+ 4 On -| +----+ +----+
+ | | | | |
+ Off-|-------------------+ +-------------------+ +---
+ |
+ 0---0.8--1.6--2.4--3.2---4---4.8--5.6--6.4--7.2---8--> time (sec)
- Bounce mode for Pipe LED:
- "1 800 2 800 4 800 8 800 16 800 16 800 8 800 4 800 2 800 1 800"
+ Inverted cascade mode for Pipe LED::
- ^
- |
- 0 On -|----+ +--------
- | | |
- Off-| +---------------------------------------+
- |
- 1 On -| +----+ +----+
- | | | | |
- Off |----+ +-----------------------------+ +--------
- |
- 2 On -| +----+ +----+
- | | | | |
- Off-|---------+ +-------------------+ +-------------
- |
- 3 On -| +----+ +----+
- | | | | |
- Off-|--------------+ +---------+ +------------------
- |
- 4 On -| +---------+
- | | |
- Off-|-------------------+ +-----------------------
- |
- 0---0.8--1.6--2.4--3.2---4---4.8--5.6--6.4--7.2---8--> time (sec)
+ "30 800 29 800 27 800 23 800 15 800"
- Inverted bounce mode for Pipe LED:
- "30 800 29 800 27 800 23 800 15 800 15 800 23 800 27 800 29 800 30 800"
+ ^
+ |
+ 0 On -| +-------------------+ +-------------------+
+ | | | | |
+ Off-|----+ +----+ +---
+ |
+ 1 On -|----+ +-------------------+ +------------------
+ | | | | |
+ Off | +----+ +----+
+ |
+ 2 On -|---------+ +-------------------+ +-------------
+ | | | | |
+ Off-| +----+ +----+
+ |
+ 3 On -|--------------+ +-------------------+ +--------
+ | | | | |
+ Off-| +----+ +----+
+ |
+ 4 On -|-------------------+ +-------------------+ +---
+ | | | | |
+ Off-| +----+ +----+
+ |
+ 0---0.8--1.6--2.4--3.2---4---4.8--5.6--6.4--7.2---8--> time (sec)
- ^
- |
- 0 On -| +---------------------------------------+
- | | |
- Off-|----+ +--------
- |
- 1 On -|----+ +-----------------------------+ +--------
- | | | | |
- Off | +----+ +----+
- |
- 2 On -|---------+ +-------------------+ +-------------
- | | | | |
- Off-| +----+ +----+
- |
- 3 On -|--------------+ +---------+ +------------------
- | | | | |
- Off-| +----+ +----+
- |
- 4 On -|-------------------+ +-----------------------
- | | |
- Off-| +---------+
- |
- 0---0.8--1.6--2.4--3.2---4---4.8--5.6--6.4--7.2---8--> time (sec)
+ Bounce mode for Pipe LED::
+
+ "1 800 2 800 4 800 8 800 16 800 16 800 8 800 4 800 2 800 1 800"
+
+ ^
+ |
+ 0 On -|----+ +--------
+ | | |
+ Off-| +---------------------------------------+
+ |
+ 1 On -| +----+ +----+
+ | | | | |
+ Off |----+ +-----------------------------+ +--------
+ |
+ 2 On -| +----+ +----+
+ | | | | |
+ Off-|---------+ +-------------------+ +-------------
+ |
+ 3 On -| +----+ +----+
+ | | | | |
+ Off-|--------------+ +---------+ +------------------
+ |
+ 4 On -| +---------+
+ | | |
+ Off-|-------------------+ +-----------------------
+ |
+ 0---0.8--1.6--2.4--3.2---4---4.8--5.6--6.4--7.2---8--> time (sec)
+
+ Inverted bounce mode for Pipe LED::
+
+ "30 800 29 800 27 800 23 800 15 800 15 800 23 800 27 800 29 800 30 800"
+
+ ^
+ |
+ 0 On -| +---------------------------------------+
+ | | |
+ Off-|----+ +--------
+ |
+ 1 On -|----+ +-----------------------------+ +--------
+ | | | | |
+ Off | +----+ +----+
+ |
+ 2 On -|---------+ +-------------------+ +-------------
+ | | | | |
+ Off-| +----+ +----+
+ |
+ 3 On -|--------------+ +---------+ +------------------
+ | | | | |
+ Off-| +----+ +----+
+ |
+ 4 On -|-------------------+ +-----------------------
+ | | |
+ Off-| +---------+
+ |
+ 0---0.8--1.6--2.4--3.2---4---4.8--5.6--6.4--7.2---8--> time (sec)
What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/repeat
Date: September 2019
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-sc27xx b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-sc27xx
index 45b1e605d355..215482379580 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-sc27xx
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-sc27xx
@@ -12,8 +12,8 @@ Description:
format, we should set brightness as 0 for rise stage, fall
stage and low stage.
- Min stage duration: 125 ms
- Max stage duration: 31875 ms
+ - Min stage duration: 125 ms
+ - Max stage duration: 31875 ms
Since the stage duration step is 125 ms, the duration should be
a multiplier of 125, like 125ms, 250ms, 375ms, 500ms ... 31875ms.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mic b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mic
index 6ef682603179..bd0e780c3760 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mic
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mic
@@ -41,24 +41,33 @@ Description:
When read, this entry provides the current state of an Intel
MIC device in the context of the card OS. Possible values that
will be read are:
- "ready" - The MIC device is ready to boot the card OS. On
- reading this entry after an OSPM resume, a "boot" has to be
- written to this entry if the card was previously shutdown
- during OSPM suspend.
- "booting" - The MIC device has initiated booting a card OS.
- "online" - The MIC device has completed boot and is online
- "shutting_down" - The card OS is shutting down.
- "resetting" - A reset has been initiated for the MIC device
- "reset_failed" - The MIC device has failed to reset.
+
+
+ =============== ===============================================
+ "ready" The MIC device is ready to boot the card OS.
+ On reading this entry after an OSPM resume,
+ a "boot" has to be written to this entry if
+ the card was previously shutdown during OSPM
+ suspend.
+ "booting" The MIC device has initiated booting a card OS.
+ "online" The MIC device has completed boot and is online
+ "shutting_down" The card OS is shutting down.
+ "resetting" A reset has been initiated for the MIC device
+ "reset_failed" The MIC device has failed to reset.
+ =============== ===============================================
When written, this sysfs entry triggers different state change
operations depending upon the current state of the card OS.
Acceptable values are:
- "boot" - Boot the card OS image specified by the combination
- of firmware, ramdisk, cmdline and bootmode
- sysfs entries.
- "reset" - Initiates device reset.
- "shutdown" - Initiates card OS shutdown.
+
+
+ ========== ===================================================
+ "boot" Boot the card OS image specified by the combination
+ of firmware, ramdisk, cmdline and bootmode
+ sysfs entries.
+ "reset" Initiates device reset.
+ "shutdown" Initiates card OS shutdown.
+ ========== ===================================================
What: /sys/class/mic/mic(x)/shutdown_status
Date: October 2013
@@ -69,12 +78,15 @@ Description:
OS can shutdown because of various reasons. When read, this
entry provides the status on why the card OS was shutdown.
Possible values are:
- "nop" - shutdown status is not applicable, when the card OS is
- "online"
- "crashed" - Shutdown because of a HW or SW crash.
- "halted" - Shutdown because of a halt command.
- "poweroff" - Shutdown because of a poweroff command.
- "restart" - Shutdown because of a restart command.
+
+ ========== ===================================================
+ "nop" shutdown status is not applicable, when the card OS
+ is "online"
+ "crashed" Shutdown because of a HW or SW crash.
+ "halted" Shutdown because of a halt command.
+ "poweroff" Shutdown because of a poweroff command.
+ "restart" Shutdown because of a restart command.
+ ========== ===================================================
What: /sys/class/mic/mic(x)/cmdline
Date: October 2013
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-ocxl b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-ocxl
index ae1276efa45a..bf33f4fda58f 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-ocxl
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-ocxl
@@ -11,8 +11,11 @@ Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org
Description: read only
Number of contexts for the AFU, in the format <n>/<max>
where:
+
+ ==== ===============================================
n: number of currently active contexts, for debug
max: maximum number of contexts supported by the AFU
+ ==== ===============================================
What: /sys/class/ocxl/<afu name>/pp_mmio_size
Date: January 2018
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power
index dbccb2fcd7ce..d4319a04c302 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-===== General Properties =====
+**General Properties**
What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/manufacturer
Date: May 2007
@@ -72,6 +72,7 @@ Description:
critically low).
Access: Read, Write
+
Valid values: 0 - 100 (percent)
What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/capacity_error_margin
@@ -96,7 +97,9 @@ Description:
Coarse representation of battery capacity.
Access: Read
- Valid values: "Unknown", "Critical", "Low", "Normal", "High",
+
+ Valid values:
+ "Unknown", "Critical", "Low", "Normal", "High",
"Full"
What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/current_avg
@@ -139,6 +142,7 @@ Description:
throttling for thermal cooling or improving battery health.
Access: Read, Write
+
Valid values: Represented in microamps
What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/charge_control_limit_max
@@ -148,6 +152,7 @@ Description:
Maximum legal value for the charge_control_limit property.
Access: Read
+
Valid values: Represented in microamps
What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/charge_control_start_threshold
@@ -168,6 +173,7 @@ Description:
stop.
Access: Read, Write
+
Valid values: 0 - 100 (percent)
What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/charge_type
@@ -183,7 +189,9 @@ Description:
different algorithm.
Access: Read, Write
- Valid values: "Unknown", "N/A", "Trickle", "Fast", "Standard",
+
+ Valid values:
+ "Unknown", "N/A", "Trickle", "Fast", "Standard",
"Adaptive", "Custom"
What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/charge_term_current
@@ -194,6 +202,7 @@ Description:
when the battery is considered full and charging should end.
Access: Read
+
Valid values: Represented in microamps
What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/health
@@ -204,7 +213,9 @@ Description:
functionality.
Access: Read
- Valid values: "Unknown", "Good", "Overheat", "Dead",
+
+ Valid values:
+ "Unknown", "Good", "Overheat", "Dead",
"Over voltage", "Unspecified failure", "Cold",
"Watchdog timer expire", "Safety timer expire",
"Over current", "Calibration required", "Warm",
@@ -218,6 +229,7 @@ Description:
for a battery charge cycle.
Access: Read
+
Valid values: Represented in microamps
What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/present
@@ -227,9 +239,13 @@ Description:
Reports whether a battery is present or not in the system.
Access: Read
+
Valid values:
+
+ == =======
0: Absent
1: Present
+ == =======
What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/status
Date: May 2007
@@ -240,7 +256,9 @@ Description:
used to enable/disable charging to the battery.
Access: Read, Write
- Valid values: "Unknown", "Charging", "Discharging",
+
+ Valid values:
+ "Unknown", "Charging", "Discharging",
"Not charging", "Full"
What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/technology
@@ -250,7 +268,9 @@ Description:
Describes the battery technology supported by the supply.
Access: Read
- Valid values: "Unknown", "NiMH", "Li-ion", "Li-poly", "LiFe",
+
+ Valid values:
+ "Unknown", "NiMH", "Li-ion", "Li-poly", "LiFe",
"NiCd", "LiMn"
What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/temp
@@ -260,6 +280,7 @@ Description:
Reports the current TBAT battery temperature reading.
Access: Read
+
Valid values: Represented in 1/10 Degrees Celsius
What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/temp_alert_max
@@ -274,6 +295,7 @@ Description:
critically high, and charging has stopped).
Access: Read
+
Valid values: Represented in 1/10 Degrees Celsius
What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/temp_alert_min
@@ -289,6 +311,7 @@ Description:
remedy the situation).
Access: Read
+
Valid values: Represented in 1/10 Degrees Celsius
What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/temp_max
@@ -299,6 +322,7 @@ Description:
charging.
Access: Read
+
Valid values: Represented in 1/10 Degrees Celsius
What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/temp_min
@@ -309,6 +333,7 @@ Description:
charging.
Access: Read
+
Valid values: Represented in 1/10 Degrees Celsius
What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/voltage_avg,
@@ -320,6 +345,7 @@ Description:
which they average readings to smooth out the reported value.
Access: Read
+
Valid values: Represented in microvolts
What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/voltage_max,
@@ -330,6 +356,7 @@ Description:
during charging.
Access: Read
+
Valid values: Represented in microvolts
What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/voltage_min,
@@ -340,6 +367,7 @@ Description:
during discharging.
Access: Read
+
Valid values: Represented in microvolts
What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/voltage_now,
@@ -350,9 +378,10 @@ Description:
This value is not averaged/smoothed.
Access: Read
+
Valid values: Represented in microvolts
-===== USB Properties =====
+**USB Properties**
What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/current_avg
Date: May 2007
@@ -363,6 +392,7 @@ Description:
average readings to smooth out the reported value.
Access: Read
+
Valid values: Represented in microamps
@@ -373,6 +403,7 @@ Description:
Reports the maximum IBUS current the supply can support.
Access: Read
+
Valid values: Represented in microamps
What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/current_now
@@ -385,6 +416,7 @@ Description:
within the reported min/max range.
Access: Read, Write
+
Valid values: Represented in microamps
What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/input_current_limit
@@ -399,6 +431,7 @@ Description:
solved using power limit use input_current_limit.
Access: Read, Write
+
Valid values: Represented in microamps
What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/input_voltage_limit
@@ -441,10 +474,14 @@ Description:
USB supply so voltage and current can be controlled).
Access: Read, Write
+
Valid values:
+
+ == ==================================================
0: Offline
1: Online Fixed - Fixed Voltage Supply
2: Online Programmable - Programmable Voltage Supply
+ == ==================================================
What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/temp
Date: May 2007
@@ -455,6 +492,7 @@ Description:
TJUNC temperature of an IC)
Access: Read
+
Valid values: Represented in 1/10 Degrees Celsius
What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/temp_alert_max
@@ -470,6 +508,7 @@ Description:
remedy the situation).
Access: Read
+
Valid values: Represented in 1/10 Degrees Celsius
What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/temp_alert_min
@@ -485,6 +524,7 @@ Description:
accordingly to remedy the situation).
Access: Read
+
Valid values: Represented in 1/10 Degrees Celsius
What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/temp_max
@@ -494,6 +534,7 @@ Description:
Reports the maximum allowed supply temperature for operation.
Access: Read
+
Valid values: Represented in 1/10 Degrees Celsius
What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/temp_min
@@ -503,6 +544,7 @@ Description:
Reports the mainimum allowed supply temperature for operation.
Access: Read
+
Valid values: Represented in 1/10 Degrees Celsius
What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/usb_type
@@ -514,7 +556,9 @@ Description:
is attached.
Access: Read-Only
- Valid values: "Unknown", "SDP", "DCP", "CDP", "ACA", "C", "PD",
+
+ Valid values:
+ "Unknown", "SDP", "DCP", "CDP", "ACA", "C", "PD",
"PD_DRP", "PD_PPS", "BrickID"
What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/voltage_max
@@ -524,6 +568,7 @@ Description:
Reports the maximum VBUS voltage the supply can support.
Access: Read
+
Valid values: Represented in microvolts
What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/voltage_min
@@ -533,6 +578,7 @@ Description:
Reports the minimum VBUS voltage the supply can support.
Access: Read
+
Valid values: Represented in microvolts
What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/voltage_now
@@ -545,9 +591,10 @@ Description:
within the reported min/max range.
Access: Read, Write
+
Valid values: Represented in microvolts
-===== Device Specific Properties =====
+**Device Specific Properties**
What: /sys/class/power/ds2760-battery.*/charge_now
Date: May 2010
@@ -581,6 +628,7 @@ Description:
will drop to 0 A) and will trigger interrupt.
Valid values:
+
- 5, 6 or 7 (hours),
- 0: disabled.
@@ -595,6 +643,7 @@ Description:
will drop to 0 A) and will trigger interrupt.
Valid values:
+
- 4 - 16 (hours), step by 2 (rounded down)
- 0: disabled.
@@ -609,6 +658,7 @@ Description:
interrupt and start top-off charging mode.
Valid values:
+
- 100000 - 200000 (microamps), step by 25000 (rounded down)
- 200000 - 350000 (microamps), step by 50000 (rounded down)
- 0: disabled.
@@ -624,6 +674,7 @@ Description:
will drop to 0 A) and will trigger interrupt.
Valid values:
+
- 0 - 70 (minutes), step by 10 (rounded down)
What: /sys/class/power_supply/bq24257-charger/ovp_voltage
@@ -637,6 +688,7 @@ Description:
device datasheet for details.
Valid values:
+
- 6000000, 6500000, 7000000, 8000000, 9000000, 9500000, 10000000,
10500000 (all uV)
@@ -652,6 +704,7 @@ Description:
lower than the set value. See device datasheet for details.
Valid values:
+
- 4200000, 4280000, 4360000, 4440000, 4520000, 4600000, 4680000,
4760000 (all uV)
@@ -666,6 +719,7 @@ Description:
the charger operates normally. See device datasheet for details.
Valid values:
+
- 1: enabled
- 0: disabled
@@ -681,6 +735,7 @@ Description:
from the system. See device datasheet for details.
Valid values:
+
- 1: enabled
- 0: disabled
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-twl4030 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-twl4030
index b4fd32d210c5..7ac36dba87bc 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-twl4030
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-twl4030
@@ -4,18 +4,20 @@ Description:
Writing to this can disable charging.
Possible values are:
- "auto" - draw power as appropriate for detected
- power source and battery status.
- "off" - do not draw any power.
- "continuous"
- - activate mode described as "linear" in
- TWL data sheets. This uses whatever
- current is available and doesn't switch off
- when voltage drops.
- This is useful for unstable power sources
- such as bicycle dynamo, but care should
- be taken that battery is not over-charged.
+ ============= ===========================================
+ "auto" draw power as appropriate for detected
+ power source and battery status.
+ "off" do not draw any power.
+ "continuous" activate mode described as "linear" in
+ TWL data sheets. This uses whatever
+ current is available and doesn't switch off
+ when voltage drops.
+
+ This is useful for unstable power sources
+ such as bicycle dynamo, but care should
+ be taken that battery is not over-charged.
+ ============= ===========================================
What: /sys/class/power_supply/twl4030_ac/mode
Description:
@@ -23,6 +25,9 @@ Description:
Writing to this can disable charging.
Possible values are:
- "auto" - draw power as appropriate for detected
- power source and battery status.
- "off" - do not draw any power.
+
+ ====== ===========================================
+ "auto" draw power as appropriate for detected
+ power source and battery status.
+ "off" do not draw any power.
+ ====== ===========================================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rc
index 6c0d6c8cb911..9c8ff7910858 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rc
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rc
@@ -21,15 +21,22 @@ KernelVersion: 2.6.36
Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+samsung@kernel.org>
Description:
Reading this file returns a list of available protocols,
- something like:
+ something like::
+
"rc5 [rc6] nec jvc [sony]"
+
Enabled protocols are shown in [] brackets.
+
Writing "+proto" will add a protocol to the list of enabled
protocols.
+
Writing "-proto" will remove a protocol from the list of enabled
protocols.
+
Writing "proto" will enable only "proto".
+
Writing "none" will disable all protocols.
+
Write fails with EINVAL if an invalid protocol combination or
unknown protocol name is used.
@@ -39,11 +46,13 @@ KernelVersion: 3.15
Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+samsung@kernel.org>
Description:
Sets the scancode filter expected value.
+
Use in combination with /sys/class/rc/rcN/filter_mask to set the
expected value of the bits set in the filter mask.
If the hardware supports it then scancodes which do not match
the filter will be ignored. Otherwise the write will fail with
an error.
+
This value may be reset to 0 if the current protocol is altered.
What: /sys/class/rc/rcN/filter_mask
@@ -56,9 +65,11 @@ Description:
of the scancode which should be compared against the expected
value. A value of 0 disables the filter to allow all valid
scancodes to be processed.
+
If the hardware supports it then scancodes which do not match
the filter will be ignored. Otherwise the write will fail with
an error.
+
This value may be reset to 0 if the current protocol is altered.
What: /sys/class/rc/rcN/wakeup_protocols
@@ -67,15 +78,22 @@ KernelVersion: 4.11
Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+samsung@kernel.org>
Description:
Reading this file returns a list of available protocols to use
- for the wakeup filter, something like:
+ for the wakeup filter, something like::
+
"rc-5 nec nec-x rc-6-0 rc-6-6a-24 [rc-6-6a-32] rc-6-mce"
+
Note that protocol variants are listed, so "nec", "sony",
"rc-5", "rc-6" have their different bit length encodings
listed if available.
+
The enabled wakeup protocol is shown in [] brackets.
+
Only one protocol can be selected at a time.
+
Writing "proto" will use "proto" for wakeup events.
+
Writing "none" will disable wakeup.
+
Write fails with EINVAL if an invalid protocol combination or
unknown protocol name is used, or if wakeup is not supported by
the hardware.
@@ -86,13 +104,17 @@ KernelVersion: 3.15
Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+samsung@kernel.org>
Description:
Sets the scancode wakeup filter expected value.
+
Use in combination with /sys/class/rc/rcN/wakeup_filter_mask to
set the expected value of the bits set in the wakeup filter mask
to trigger a system wake event.
+
If the hardware supports it and wakeup_filter_mask is not 0 then
scancodes which match the filter will wake the system from e.g.
suspend to RAM or power off.
+
Otherwise the write will fail with an error.
+
This value may be reset to 0 if the wakeup protocol is altered.
What: /sys/class/rc/rcN/wakeup_filter_mask
@@ -101,11 +123,15 @@ KernelVersion: 3.15
Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+samsung@kernel.org>
Description:
Sets the scancode wakeup filter mask of bits to compare.
+
Use in combination with /sys/class/rc/rcN/wakeup_filter to set
the bits of the scancode which should be compared against the
expected value to trigger a system wake event.
+
If the hardware supports it and wakeup_filter_mask is not 0 then
scancodes which match the filter will wake the system from e.g.
suspend to RAM or power off.
+
Otherwise the write will fail with an error.
+
This value may be reset to 0 if the wakeup protocol is altered.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-scsi_host b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-scsi_host
index bafc59fd7b69..7c98d8f43c45 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-scsi_host
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-scsi_host
@@ -56,8 +56,9 @@ Description:
management) on top, which makes it match the Windows IRST (Intel
Rapid Storage Technology) driver settings. This setting is also
close to min_power, except that:
+
a) It does not use host-initiated slumber mode, but it does
- allow device-initiated slumber
+ allow device-initiated slumber
b) It does not enable low power device sleep mode (DevSlp).
What: /sys/class/scsi_host/hostX/em_message
@@ -70,8 +71,8 @@ Description:
protocol, writes and reads correspond to the LED message format
as defined in the AHCI spec.
- The user must turn sw_activity (under /sys/block/*/device/) OFF
- it they wish to control the activity LED via the em_message
+ The user must turn sw_activity (under `/sys/block/*/device/`)
+ OFF it they wish to control the activity LED via the em_message
file.
em_message_type: (RO) Displays the current enclosure management
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-typec b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-typec
index b834671522d6..b7794e02ad20 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-typec
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-typec
@@ -40,10 +40,13 @@ Description:
attribute will not return until the operation has finished.
Valid values:
- - source (The port will behave as source only DFP port)
- - sink (The port will behave as sink only UFP port)
- - dual (The port will behave as dual-role-data and
+
+ ====== ==============================================
+ source (The port will behave as source only DFP port)
+ sink (The port will behave as sink only UFP port)
+ dual (The port will behave as dual-role-data and
dual-role-power port)
+ ====== ==============================================
What: /sys/class/typec/<port>/vconn_source
Date: April 2017
@@ -59,6 +62,7 @@ Description:
generates uevent KOBJ_CHANGE.
Valid values:
+
- "no" when the port is not the VCONN Source
- "yes" when the port is the VCONN Source
@@ -72,6 +76,7 @@ Description:
power operation mode should show "usb_power_delivery".
Valid values:
+
- default
- 1.5A
- 3.0A
@@ -191,6 +196,7 @@ Date: April 2017
Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com>
Description:
Shows type of the plug on the cable:
+
- type-a - Standard A
- type-b - Standard B
- type-c
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-ACPI-TAD b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-ACPI-TAD
index 7e43cdce9a52..f7b360a61b21 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-ACPI-TAD
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-ACPI-TAD
@@ -7,6 +7,7 @@ Description:
(RO) Hexadecimal bitmask of the TAD attributes are reported by
the platform firmware (see ACPI 6.2, section 9.18.2):
+ ======= ======================================================
BIT(0): AC wakeup implemented if set
BIT(1): DC wakeup implemented if set
BIT(2): Get/set real time features implemented if set
@@ -16,6 +17,7 @@ Description:
BIT(6): The AC timer wakes up from S5 if set
BIT(7): The DC timer wakes up from S4 if set
BIT(8): The DC timer wakes up from S5 if set
+ ======= ======================================================
The other bits are reserved.
@@ -62,9 +64,11 @@ Description:
timer status with the following meaning of bits (see ACPI 6.2,
Section 9.18.5):
+ ======= ======================================================
Bit(0): The timer has expired if set.
Bit(1): The timer has woken up the system from a sleep state
(S3 or S4/S5 if supported) if set.
+ ======= ======================================================
The other bits are reserved.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-docg3 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-docg3
index 8aa36716882f..378c42694bfb 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-docg3
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-docg3
@@ -9,8 +9,10 @@ Description:
The protection has information embedded whether it blocks reads,
writes or both.
The result is:
- 0 -> the DPS is not keylocked
- 1 -> the DPS is keylocked
+
+ - 0 -> the DPS is not keylocked
+ - 1 -> the DPS is keylocked
+
Users: None identified so far.
What: /sys/devices/platform/docg3/f[0-3]_dps[01]_protection_key
@@ -27,8 +29,12 @@ Description:
Entering the correct value toggle the lock, and can be observed
through f[0-3]_dps[01]_is_keylocked.
Possible values are:
+
- 8 bytes
+
Typical values are:
+
- "00000000"
- "12345678"
+
Users: None identified so far.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-sh_mobile_lcdc_fb b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-sh_mobile_lcdc_fb
index 2107082426da..e45ac2e865d5 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-sh_mobile_lcdc_fb
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-sh_mobile_lcdc_fb
@@ -17,10 +17,10 @@ Description:
to overlay planes.
Selects the composition mode for the overlay. Possible values
- are
+ are:
- 0 - Alpha Blending
- 1 - ROP3
+ - 0 - Alpha Blending
+ - 1 - ROP3
What: /sys/devices/platform/sh_mobile_lcdc_fb.[0-3]/graphics/fb[0-9]/ovl_position
Date: May 2012
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ Description:
to overlay planes.
Stores the x,y overlay position on the display in pixels. The
- position format is `[0-9]+,[0-9]+'.
+ position format is `[0-9]+,[0-9]+`.
What: /sys/devices/platform/sh_mobile_lcdc_fb.[0-3]/graphics/fb[0-9]/ovl_rop3
Date: May 2012
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu
index b555df825447..274c337ec6a9 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu
@@ -151,23 +151,28 @@ Description:
The processor idle states which are available for use have the
following attributes:
- name: (RO) Name of the idle state (string).
+ ======== ==== =================================================
+ name: (RO) Name of the idle state (string).
latency: (RO) The latency to exit out of this idle state (in
- microseconds).
+ microseconds).
- power: (RO) The power consumed while in this idle state (in
- milliwatts).
+ power: (RO) The power consumed while in this idle state (in
+ milliwatts).
- time: (RO) The total time spent in this idle state (in microseconds).
+ time: (RO) The total time spent in this idle state
+ (in microseconds).
- usage: (RO) Number of times this state was entered (a count).
+ usage: (RO) Number of times this state was entered (a count).
- above: (RO) Number of times this state was entered, but the
- observed CPU idle duration was too short for it (a count).
+ above: (RO) Number of times this state was entered, but the
+ observed CPU idle duration was too short for it
+ (a count).
- below: (RO) Number of times this state was entered, but the
- observed CPU idle duration was too long for it (a count).
+ below: (RO) Number of times this state was entered, but the
+ observed CPU idle duration was too long for it
+ (a count).
+ ======== ==== =================================================
What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpuidle/stateN/desc
Date: February 2008
@@ -290,6 +295,7 @@ Description: Processor frequency boosting control
This switch controls the boost setting for the whole system.
Boosting allows the CPU and the firmware to run at a frequency
beyound it's nominal limit.
+
More details can be found in
Documentation/admin-guide/pm/cpufreq.rst
@@ -337,43 +343,57 @@ Contact: Sudeep Holla <sudeep.holla@arm.com>
Description: Parameters for the CPU cache attributes
allocation_policy:
- - WriteAllocate: allocate a memory location to a cache line
- on a cache miss because of a write
- - ReadAllocate: allocate a memory location to a cache line
+ - WriteAllocate:
+ allocate a memory location to a cache line
+ on a cache miss because of a write
+ - ReadAllocate:
+ allocate a memory location to a cache line
on a cache miss because of a read
- - ReadWriteAllocate: both writeallocate and readallocate
+ - ReadWriteAllocate:
+ both writeallocate and readallocate
- attributes: LEGACY used only on IA64 and is same as write_policy
+ attributes:
+ LEGACY used only on IA64 and is same as write_policy
- coherency_line_size: the minimum amount of data in bytes that gets
+ coherency_line_size:
+ the minimum amount of data in bytes that gets
transferred from memory to cache
- level: the cache hierarchy in the multi-level cache configuration
+ level:
+ the cache hierarchy in the multi-level cache configuration
- number_of_sets: total number of sets in the cache, a set is a
+ number_of_sets:
+ total number of sets in the cache, a set is a
collection of cache lines with the same cache index
- physical_line_partition: number of physical cache line per cache tag
+ physical_line_partition:
+ number of physical cache line per cache tag
- shared_cpu_list: the list of logical cpus sharing the cache
+ shared_cpu_list:
+ the list of logical cpus sharing the cache
- shared_cpu_map: logical cpu mask containing the list of cpus sharing
+ shared_cpu_map:
+ logical cpu mask containing the list of cpus sharing
the cache
- size: the total cache size in kB
+ size:
+ the total cache size in kB
type:
- Instruction: cache that only holds instructions
- Data: cache that only caches data
- Unified: cache that holds both data and instructions
- ways_of_associativity: degree of freedom in placing a particular block
- of memory in the cache
+ ways_of_associativity:
+ degree of freedom in placing a particular block
+ of memory in the cache
write_policy:
- - WriteThrough: data is written to both the cache line
+ - WriteThrough:
+ data is written to both the cache line
and to the block in the lower-level memory
- - WriteBack: data is written only to the cache line and
+ - WriteBack:
+ data is written only to the cache line and
the modified cache line is written to main
memory only when it is replaced
@@ -414,30 +434,30 @@ Description: POWERNV CPUFreq driver's frequency throttle stats directory and
throttle attributes exported in the 'throttle_stats' directory:
- turbo_stat : This file gives the total number of times the max
- frequency is throttled to lower frequency in turbo (at and above
- nominal frequency) range of frequencies.
+ frequency is throttled to lower frequency in turbo (at and above
+ nominal frequency) range of frequencies.
- sub_turbo_stat : This file gives the total number of times the
- max frequency is throttled to lower frequency in sub-turbo(below
- nominal frequency) range of frequencies.
+ max frequency is throttled to lower frequency in sub-turbo(below
+ nominal frequency) range of frequencies.
- unthrottle : This file gives the total number of times the max
- frequency is unthrottled after being throttled.
+ frequency is unthrottled after being throttled.
- powercap : This file gives the total number of times the max
- frequency is throttled due to 'Power Capping'.
+ frequency is throttled due to 'Power Capping'.
- overtemp : This file gives the total number of times the max
- frequency is throttled due to 'CPU Over Temperature'.
+ frequency is throttled due to 'CPU Over Temperature'.
- supply_fault : This file gives the total number of times the
- max frequency is throttled due to 'Power Supply Failure'.
+ max frequency is throttled due to 'Power Supply Failure'.
- overcurrent : This file gives the total number of times the
- max frequency is throttled due to 'Overcurrent'.
+ max frequency is throttled due to 'Overcurrent'.
- occ_reset : This file gives the total number of times the max
- frequency is throttled due to 'OCC Reset'.
+ frequency is throttled due to 'OCC Reset'.
The sysfs attributes representing different throttle reasons like
powercap, overtemp, supply_fault, overcurrent and occ_reset map to
@@ -469,8 +489,9 @@ What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/regs/
Date: June 2016
Contact: Linux ARM Kernel Mailing list <linux-arm-kernel@lists.infradead.org>
Description: AArch64 CPU registers
+
'identification' directory exposes the CPU ID registers for
- identifying model and revision of the CPU.
+ identifying model and revision of the CPU.
What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/cpu_capacity
Date: December 2016
@@ -497,9 +518,11 @@ Description: Information about CPU vulnerabilities
vulnerabilities. The output of those files reflects the
state of the CPUs in the system. Possible output values:
+ ================ ==============================================
"Not affected" CPU is not affected by the vulnerability
"Vulnerable" CPU is affected and no mitigation in effect
"Mitigation: $M" CPU is affected and mitigation $M is in effect
+ ================ ==============================================
See also: Documentation/admin-guide/hw-vuln/index.rst
@@ -515,12 +538,14 @@ Description: Control Symetric Multi Threading (SMT)
control: Read/write interface to control SMT. Possible
values:
+ ================ =========================================
"on" SMT is enabled
"off" SMT is disabled
"forceoff" SMT is force disabled. Cannot be changed.
"notsupported" SMT is not supported by the CPU
"notimplemented" SMT runtime toggling is not
implemented for the architecture
+ ================ =========================================
If control status is "forceoff" or "notsupported" writes
are rejected.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-ibm-rtl b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-ibm-rtl
index 470def06ab0a..1a8ee26e92ae 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-ibm-rtl
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-ibm-rtl
@@ -5,8 +5,10 @@ Contact: Vernon Mauery <vernux@us.ibm.com>
Description: The state file allows a means by which to change in and
out of Premium Real-Time Mode (PRTM), as well as the
ability to query the current state.
- 0 => PRTM off
- 1 => PRTM enabled
+
+ - 0 => PRTM off
+ - 1 => PRTM enabled
+
Users: The ibm-prtm userspace daemon uses this interface.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-bd9571mwv-regulator b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-bd9571mwv-regulator
index 4d63a7904b94..42214b4ff14a 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-bd9571mwv-regulator
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-bd9571mwv-regulator
@@ -6,11 +6,13 @@ Description: Read/write the current state of DDR Backup Mode, which controls
if DDR power rails will be kept powered during system suspend.
("on"/"1" = enabled, "off"/"0" = disabled).
Two types of power switches (or control signals) can be used:
+
A. With a momentary power switch (or pulse signal), DDR
Backup Mode is enabled by default when available, as the
PMIC will be configured only during system suspend.
B. With a toggle power switch (or level signal), the
following steps must be followed exactly:
+
1. Configure PMIC for backup mode, to change the role of
the accessory power switch from a power switch to a
wake-up switch,
@@ -20,8 +22,10 @@ Description: Read/write the current state of DDR Backup Mode, which controls
3. Suspend system,
4. Switch accessory power switch on, to resume the
system.
+
DDR Backup Mode must be explicitly enabled by the user,
to invoke step 1.
+
See also Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/bd9571mwv.txt.
Users: User space applications for embedded boards equipped with a
BD9571MWV PMIC.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-genwqe b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-genwqe
index 64ac6d567c4b..69d855dc4c47 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-genwqe
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-genwqe
@@ -29,8 +29,12 @@ What: /sys/class/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/reload_bitstream
Date: May 2014
Contact: klebers@linux.vnet.ibm.com
Description: Interface to trigger a PCIe card reset to reload the bitstream.
+
+ ::
+
sudo sh -c 'echo 1 > \
/sys/class/genwqe/genwqe0_card/reload_bitstream'
+
If successfully, the card will come back with the bitstream set
on 'next_bitstream'.
@@ -64,8 +68,11 @@ Description: Base clock frequency of the card.
What: /sys/class/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/device/sriov_numvfs
Date: Oct 2013
Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com
-Description: Enable VFs (1..15):
+Description: Enable VFs (1..15)::
+
sudo sh -c 'echo 15 > \
/sys/bus/pci/devices/0000\:1b\:00.0/sriov_numvfs'
- Disable VFs:
+
+ Disable VFs::
+
Write a 0 into the same sysfs entry.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-logitech-lg4ff b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-logitech-lg4ff
index 305dffd229a8..de07be314efc 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-logitech-lg4ff
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-logitech-lg4ff
@@ -12,7 +12,9 @@ KernelVersion: 4.1
Contact: Michal Malý <madcatxster@devoid-pointer.net>
Description: Displays a set of alternate modes supported by a wheel. Each
mode is listed as follows:
+
Tag: Mode Name
+
Currently active mode is marked with an asterisk. List also
contains an abstract item "native" which always denotes the
native mode of the wheel. Echoing the mode tag switches the
@@ -24,24 +26,30 @@ Description: Displays a set of alternate modes supported by a wheel. Each
This entry is not created for devices that have only one mode.
Currently supported mode switches:
- Driving Force Pro:
+
+ Driving Force Pro::
+
DF-EX --> DFP
- G25:
+ G25::
+
DF-EX --> DFP --> G25
- G27:
+ G27::
+
DF-EX <*> DFP <-> G25 <-> G27
DF-EX <*--------> G25 <-> G27
DF-EX <*----------------> G27
- G29:
+ G29::
+
DF-EX <*> DFP <-> G25 <-> G27 <-> G29
DF-EX <*--------> G25 <-> G27 <-> G29
DF-EX <*----------------> G27 <-> G29
DF-EX <*------------------------> G29
- DFGT:
+ DFGT::
+
DF-EX <*> DFP <-> DFGT
DF-EX <*--------> DFGT
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-wiimote b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-wiimote
index 39dfa5cb1cc5..cd7b82a5c27d 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-wiimote
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-wiimote
@@ -39,9 +39,13 @@ Description: While a device is initialized by the wiimote driver, we perform
Other strings for each device-type are available and may be
added if new device-specific detections are added.
Currently supported are:
- gen10: First Wii Remote generation
- gen20: Second Wii Remote Plus generation (builtin MP)
+
+ ============= =======================================
+ gen10: First Wii Remote generation
+ gen20: Second Wii Remote Plus generation
+ (builtin MP)
balanceboard: Wii Balance Board
+ ============= =======================================
What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/wiimote/<dev>/bboard_calib
Date: May 2013
@@ -54,6 +58,7 @@ Description: This attribute is only provided if the device was detected as a
First, 0kg values for all 4 sensors are written, followed by the
17kg values for all 4 sensors and last the 34kg values for all 4
sensors.
+
Calibration data is already applied by the kernel to all input
values but may be used by user-space to perform other
transformations.
@@ -68,9 +73,11 @@ Description: This attribute is only provided if the device was detected as a
is prefixed with a +/-. Each value is a signed 16bit number.
Data is encoded as decimal numbers and specifies the offsets of
the analog sticks of the pro-controller.
+
Calibration data is already applied by the kernel to all input
values but may be used by user-space to perform other
transformations.
+
Calibration data is detected by the kernel during device setup.
You can write "scan\n" into this file to re-trigger calibration.
You can also write data directly in the form "x1:y1 x2:y2" to
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-samsung-laptop b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-samsung-laptop
index 34d3a3359cf4..28c9c040de5d 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-samsung-laptop
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-samsung-laptop
@@ -9,10 +9,12 @@ Description: Some Samsung laptops have different "performance levels"
their fans quiet at all costs. Reading from this file
will show the current performance level. Writing to the
file can change this value.
+
Valid options:
- "silent"
- "normal"
- "overclock"
+ - "silent"
+ - "normal"
+ - "overclock"
+
Note that not all laptops support all of these options.
Specifically, not all support the "overclock" option,
and it's still unknown if this value even changes
@@ -25,8 +27,9 @@ Contact: Corentin Chary <corentin.chary@gmail.com>
Description: Max battery charge level can be modified, battery cycle
life can be extended by reducing the max battery charge
level.
- 0 means normal battery mode (100% charge)
- 1 means battery life extender mode (80% charge)
+
+ - 0 means normal battery mode (100% charge)
+ - 1 means battery life extender mode (80% charge)
What: /sys/devices/platform/samsung/usb_charge
Date: December 1, 2011
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-toshiba_acpi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-toshiba_acpi
index f34221b52b14..e5a438d84e1f 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-toshiba_acpi
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-toshiba_acpi
@@ -4,10 +4,12 @@ KernelVersion: 3.15
Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com>
Description: This file controls the keyboard backlight operation mode, valid
values are:
+
* 0x1 -> FN-Z
* 0x2 -> AUTO (also called TIMER)
* 0x8 -> ON
* 0x10 -> OFF
+
Note that from kernel 3.16 onwards this file accepts all listed
parameters, kernel 3.15 only accepts the first two (FN-Z and
AUTO).
@@ -41,8 +43,10 @@ KernelVersion: 3.15
Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com>
Description: This files controls the status of the touchpad and pointing
stick (if available), valid values are:
+
* 0 -> OFF
* 1 -> ON
+
Users: KToshiba
What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/available_kbd_modes
@@ -51,10 +55,12 @@ KernelVersion: 3.16
Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com>
Description: This file shows the supported keyboard backlight modes
the system supports, which can be:
+
* 0x1 -> FN-Z
* 0x2 -> AUTO (also called TIMER)
* 0x8 -> ON
* 0x10 -> OFF
+
Note that not all keyboard types support the listed modes.
See the entry named "available_kbd_modes"
Users: KToshiba
@@ -65,6 +71,7 @@ KernelVersion: 3.16
Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com>
Description: This file shows the current keyboard backlight type,
which can be:
+
* 1 -> Type 1, supporting modes FN-Z and AUTO
* 2 -> Type 2, supporting modes TIMER, ON and OFF
Users: KToshiba
@@ -75,10 +82,12 @@ KernelVersion: 4.0
Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com>
Description: This file controls the USB Sleep & Charge charging mode, which
can be:
+
* 0 -> Disabled (0x00)
* 1 -> Alternate (0x09)
* 2 -> Auto (0x21)
* 3 -> Typical (0x11)
+
Note that from kernel 4.1 onwards this file accepts all listed
values, kernel 4.0 only supports the first three.
Note that this feature only works when connected to power, if
@@ -93,8 +102,10 @@ Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com>
Description: This file controls the USB Sleep Functions under battery, and
set the level at which point they will be disabled, accepted
values can be:
+
* 0 -> Disabled
* 1-100 -> Battery level to disable sleep functions
+
Currently it prints two values, the first one indicates if the
feature is enabled or disabled, while the second one shows the
current battery level set.
@@ -107,8 +118,10 @@ Date: January 23, 2015
KernelVersion: 4.0
Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com>
Description: This file controls the USB Rapid Charge state, which can be:
+
* 0 -> Disabled
* 1 -> Enabled
+
Note that toggling this value requires a reboot for changes to
take effect.
Users: KToshiba
@@ -118,8 +131,10 @@ Date: January 23, 2015
KernelVersion: 4.0
Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com>
Description: This file controls the Sleep & Music state, which values can be:
+
* 0 -> Disabled
* 1 -> Enabled
+
Note that this feature only works when connected to power, if
you want to use it under battery, see the entry named
"sleep_functions_on_battery"
@@ -138,6 +153,7 @@ KernelVersion: 4.0
Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com>
Description: This file controls the state of the internal fan, valid
values are:
+
* 0 -> OFF
* 1 -> ON
@@ -147,8 +163,10 @@ KernelVersion: 4.0
Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com>
Description: This file controls the Special Functions (hotkeys) operation
mode, valid values are:
+
* 0 -> Normal Operation
* 1 -> Special Functions
+
In the "Normal Operation" mode, the F{1-12} keys are as usual
and the hotkeys are accessed via FN-F{1-12}.
In the "Special Functions" mode, the F{1-12} keys trigger the
@@ -163,8 +181,10 @@ KernelVersion: 4.0
Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com>
Description: This file controls whether the laptop should turn ON whenever
the LID is opened, valid values are:
+
* 0 -> Disabled
* 1 -> Enabled
+
Note that toggling this value requires a reboot for changes to
take effect.
Users: KToshiba
@@ -174,8 +194,10 @@ Date: February 12, 2015
KernelVersion: 4.0
Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com>
Description: This file controls the USB 3 functionality, valid values are:
+
* 0 -> Disabled (Acts as a regular USB 2)
* 1 -> Enabled (Full USB 3 functionality)
+
Note that toggling this value requires a reboot for changes to
take effect.
Users: KToshiba
@@ -188,10 +210,14 @@ Description: This file controls the Cooling Method feature.
Reading this file prints two values, the first is the actual cooling method
and the second is the maximum cooling method supported.
When the maximum cooling method is ONE, valid values are:
+
* 0 -> Maximum Performance
* 1 -> Battery Optimized
+
When the maximum cooling method is TWO, valid values are:
+
* 0 -> Maximum Performance
* 1 -> Performance
* 2 -> Battery Optimized
+
Users: KToshiba
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-toshiba_haps b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-toshiba_haps
index a662370b4dbf..c938690ce10d 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-toshiba_haps
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-toshiba_haps
@@ -4,10 +4,12 @@ KernelVersion: 3.17
Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com>
Description: This file controls the built-in accelerometer protection level,
valid values are:
+
* 0 -> Disabled
* 1 -> Low
* 2 -> Medium
* 3 -> High
+
The default potection value is set to 2 (Medium).
Users: KToshiba
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-wacom b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-wacom
index afc48fc163b5..16acaa5712ec 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-wacom
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-wacom
@@ -79,7 +79,9 @@ Description:
When the Wacom Intuos 4 is connected over Bluetooth, the
image has to contain 256 bytes (64x32 px 1 bit colour).
The format is also scrambled, like in the USB mode, and it can
- be summarized by converting 76543210 into GECA6420.
+ be summarized by converting::
+
+ 76543210 into GECA6420.
HGFEDCBA HFDB7531
What: /sys/bus/hid/devices/<bus>:<vid>:<pid>.<n>/wacom_remote/unpair_remote
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-acpi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-acpi
index 613f42a9d5cd..e4afc2538210 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-acpi
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-acpi
@@ -12,11 +12,14 @@ Description:
image: The image bitmap. Currently a 32-bit BMP.
status: 1 if the image is valid, 0 if firmware invalidated it.
type: 0 indicates image is in BMP format.
+
+ ======== ===================================================
version: The version of the BGRT. Currently 1.
xoffset: The number of pixels between the left of the screen
and the left edge of the image.
yoffset: The number of pixels between the top of the screen
and the top edge of the image.
+ ======== ===================================================
What: /sys/firmware/acpi/hotplug/
Date: February 2013
@@ -33,12 +36,14 @@ Description:
The following setting is available to user space for each
hotplug profile:
+ ======== =======================================================
enabled: If set, the ACPI core will handle notifications of
- hotplug events associated with the given class of
- devices and will allow those devices to be ejected with
- the help of the _EJ0 control method. Unsetting it
- effectively disables hotplug for the correspoinding
- class of devices.
+ hotplug events associated with the given class of
+ devices and will allow those devices to be ejected with
+ the help of the _EJ0 control method. Unsetting it
+ effectively disables hotplug for the correspoinding
+ class of devices.
+ ======== =======================================================
The value of the above attribute is an integer number: 1 (set)
or 0 (unset). Attempts to write any other values to it will
@@ -71,86 +76,90 @@ Description:
To figure out where all the SCI's are coming from,
/sys/firmware/acpi/interrupts contains a file listing
every possible source, and the count of how many
- times it has triggered.
-
- $ cd /sys/firmware/acpi/interrupts
- $ grep . *
- error: 0
- ff_gbl_lock: 0 enable
- ff_pmtimer: 0 invalid
- ff_pwr_btn: 0 enable
- ff_rt_clk: 2 disable
- ff_slp_btn: 0 invalid
- gpe00: 0 invalid
- gpe01: 0 enable
- gpe02: 108 enable
- gpe03: 0 invalid
- gpe04: 0 invalid
- gpe05: 0 invalid
- gpe06: 0 enable
- gpe07: 0 enable
- gpe08: 0 invalid
- gpe09: 0 invalid
- gpe0A: 0 invalid
- gpe0B: 0 invalid
- gpe0C: 0 invalid
- gpe0D: 0 invalid
- gpe0E: 0 invalid
- gpe0F: 0 invalid
- gpe10: 0 invalid
- gpe11: 0 invalid
- gpe12: 0 invalid
- gpe13: 0 invalid
- gpe14: 0 invalid
- gpe15: 0 invalid
- gpe16: 0 invalid
- gpe17: 1084 enable
- gpe18: 0 enable
- gpe19: 0 invalid
- gpe1A: 0 invalid
- gpe1B: 0 invalid
- gpe1C: 0 invalid
- gpe1D: 0 invalid
- gpe1E: 0 invalid
- gpe1F: 0 invalid
- gpe_all: 1192
- sci: 1194
- sci_not: 0
-
- sci - The number of times the ACPI SCI
- has been called and claimed an interrupt.
-
- sci_not - The number of times the ACPI SCI
- has been called and NOT claimed an interrupt.
-
- gpe_all - count of SCI caused by GPEs.
-
- gpeXX - count for individual GPE source
-
- ff_gbl_lock - Global Lock
-
- ff_pmtimer - PM Timer
-
- ff_pwr_btn - Power Button
-
- ff_rt_clk - Real Time Clock
-
- ff_slp_btn - Sleep Button
-
- error - an interrupt that can't be accounted for above.
-
- invalid: it's either a GPE or a Fixed Event that
- doesn't have an event handler.
-
- disable: the GPE/Fixed Event is valid but disabled.
-
- enable: the GPE/Fixed Event is valid and enabled.
-
- Root has permission to clear any of these counters. Eg.
- # echo 0 > gpe11
-
- All counters can be cleared by clearing the total "sci":
- # echo 0 > sci
+ times it has triggered::
+
+ $ cd /sys/firmware/acpi/interrupts
+ $ grep . *
+ error: 0
+ ff_gbl_lock: 0 enable
+ ff_pmtimer: 0 invalid
+ ff_pwr_btn: 0 enable
+ ff_rt_clk: 2 disable
+ ff_slp_btn: 0 invalid
+ gpe00: 0 invalid
+ gpe01: 0 enable
+ gpe02: 108 enable
+ gpe03: 0 invalid
+ gpe04: 0 invalid
+ gpe05: 0 invalid
+ gpe06: 0 enable
+ gpe07: 0 enable
+ gpe08: 0 invalid
+ gpe09: 0 invalid
+ gpe0A: 0 invalid
+ gpe0B: 0 invalid
+ gpe0C: 0 invalid
+ gpe0D: 0 invalid
+ gpe0E: 0 invalid
+ gpe0F: 0 invalid
+ gpe10: 0 invalid
+ gpe11: 0 invalid
+ gpe12: 0 invalid
+ gpe13: 0 invalid
+ gpe14: 0 invalid
+ gpe15: 0 invalid
+ gpe16: 0 invalid
+ gpe17: 1084 enable
+ gpe18: 0 enable
+ gpe19: 0 invalid
+ gpe1A: 0 invalid
+ gpe1B: 0 invalid
+ gpe1C: 0 invalid
+ gpe1D: 0 invalid
+ gpe1E: 0 invalid
+ gpe1F: 0 invalid
+ gpe_all: 1192
+ sci: 1194
+ sci_not: 0
+
+ =========== ==================================================
+ sci The number of times the ACPI SCI
+ has been called and claimed an interrupt.
+
+ sci_not The number of times the ACPI SCI
+ has been called and NOT claimed an interrupt.
+
+ gpe_all count of SCI caused by GPEs.
+
+ gpeXX count for individual GPE source
+
+ ff_gbl_lock Global Lock
+
+ ff_pmtimer PM Timer
+
+ ff_pwr_btn Power Button
+
+ ff_rt_clk Real Time Clock
+
+ ff_slp_btn Sleep Button
+
+ error an interrupt that can't be accounted for above.
+
+ invalid it's either a GPE or a Fixed Event that
+ doesn't have an event handler.
+
+ disable the GPE/Fixed Event is valid but disabled.
+
+ enable the GPE/Fixed Event is valid and enabled.
+ =========== ==================================================
+
+ Root has permission to clear any of these counters. Eg.::
+
+ # echo 0 > gpe11
+
+ All counters can be cleared by clearing the total "sci"::
+
+ # echo 0 > sci
None of these counters has an effect on the function
of the system, they are simply statistics.
@@ -165,32 +174,34 @@ Description:
Let's take power button fixed event for example, please kill acpid
and other user space applications so that the machine won't shutdown
- when pressing the power button.
- # cat ff_pwr_btn
- 0 enabled
- # press the power button for 3 times;
- # cat ff_pwr_btn
- 3 enabled
- # echo disable > ff_pwr_btn
- # cat ff_pwr_btn
- 3 disabled
- # press the power button for 3 times;
- # cat ff_pwr_btn
- 3 disabled
- # echo enable > ff_pwr_btn
- # cat ff_pwr_btn
- 4 enabled
- /*
- * this is because the status bit is set even if the enable bit is cleared,
- * and it triggers an ACPI fixed event when the enable bit is set again
- */
- # press the power button for 3 times;
- # cat ff_pwr_btn
- 7 enabled
- # echo disable > ff_pwr_btn
- # press the power button for 3 times;
- # echo clear > ff_pwr_btn /* clear the status bit */
- # echo disable > ff_pwr_btn
- # cat ff_pwr_btn
- 7 enabled
+ when pressing the power button::
+
+ # cat ff_pwr_btn
+ 0 enabled
+ # press the power button for 3 times;
+ # cat ff_pwr_btn
+ 3 enabled
+ # echo disable > ff_pwr_btn
+ # cat ff_pwr_btn
+ 3 disabled
+ # press the power button for 3 times;
+ # cat ff_pwr_btn
+ 3 disabled
+ # echo enable > ff_pwr_btn
+ # cat ff_pwr_btn
+ 4 enabled
+ /*
+ * this is because the status bit is set even if the enable
+ * bit is cleared, and it triggers an ACPI fixed event when
+ * the enable bit is set again
+ */
+ # press the power button for 3 times;
+ # cat ff_pwr_btn
+ 7 enabled
+ # echo disable > ff_pwr_btn
+ # press the power button for 3 times;
+ # echo clear > ff_pwr_btn /* clear the status bit */
+ # echo disable > ff_pwr_btn
+ # cat ff_pwr_btn
+ 7 enabled
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-dmi-entries b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-dmi-entries
index 210ad44b95a5..fe0289c87768 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-dmi-entries
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-dmi-entries
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ Description:
doesn't matter), they will be represented in sysfs as
entries "T-0" through "T-(N-1)":
- Example entry directories:
+ Example entry directories::
/sys/firmware/dmi/entries/17-0
/sys/firmware/dmi/entries/17-1
@@ -50,61 +50,65 @@ Description:
Each DMI entry in sysfs has the common header values
exported as attributes:
- handle : The 16bit 'handle' that is assigned to this
+ ======== =================================================
+ handle The 16bit 'handle' that is assigned to this
entry by the firmware. This handle may be
referred to by other entries.
- length : The length of the entry, as presented in the
+ length The length of the entry, as presented in the
entry itself. Note that this is _not the
total count of bytes associated with the
- entry_. This value represents the length of
+ entry. This value represents the length of
the "formatted" portion of the entry. This
"formatted" region is sometimes followed by
the "unformatted" region composed of nul
terminated strings, with termination signalled
by a two nul characters in series.
- raw : The raw bytes of the entry. This includes the
+ raw The raw bytes of the entry. This includes the
"formatted" portion of the entry, the
"unformatted" strings portion of the entry,
and the two terminating nul characters.
- type : The type of the entry. This value is the same
+ type The type of the entry. This value is the same
as found in the directory name. It indicates
how the rest of the entry should be interpreted.
- instance: The instance ordinal of the entry for the
+ instance The instance ordinal of the entry for the
given type. This value is the same as found
in the parent directory name.
- position: The ordinal position (zero-based) of the entry
+ position The ordinal position (zero-based) of the entry
within the entirety of the DMI entry table.
+ ======== =================================================
- === Entry Specialization ===
+ **Entry Specialization**
Some entry types may have other information available in
sysfs. Not all types are specialized.
- --- Type 15 - System Event Log ---
+ **Type 15 - System Event Log**
This entry allows the firmware to export a log of
events the system has taken. This information is
typically backed by nvram, but the implementation
details are abstracted by this table. This entry's data
- is exported in the directory:
+ is exported in the directory::
- /sys/firmware/dmi/entries/15-0/system_event_log
+ /sys/firmware/dmi/entries/15-0/system_event_log
and has the following attributes (documented in the
SMBIOS / DMI specification under "System Event Log (Type 15)":
- area_length
- header_start_offset
- data_start_offset
- access_method
- status
- change_token
- access_method_address
- header_format
- per_log_type_descriptor_length
- type_descriptors_supported_count
+ - area_length
+ - header_start_offset
+ - data_start_offset
+ - access_method
+ - status
+ - change_token
+ - access_method_address
+ - header_format
+ - per_log_type_descriptor_length
+ - type_descriptors_supported_count
As well, the kernel exports the binary attribute:
- raw_event_log : The raw binary bits of the event log
+ ============= ====================================
+ raw_event_log The raw binary bits of the event log
as described by the DMI entry.
+ ============= ====================================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-gsmi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-gsmi
index 0faa0aaf4b6a..7a558354c1ee 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-gsmi
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-gsmi
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ Description:
This directory has the same layout (and
underlying implementation as /sys/firmware/efi/vars.
- See Documentation/ABI/*/sysfs-firmware-efi-vars
+ See `Documentation/ABI/*/sysfs-firmware-efi-vars`
for more information on how to interact with
this structure.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-memmap b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-memmap
index eca0d65087dc..1f6f4d3a32c0 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-memmap
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-memmap
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ Description:
the raw memory map to userspace.
The structure is as follows: Under /sys/firmware/memmap there
- are subdirectories with the number of the entry as their name:
+ are subdirectories with the number of the entry as their name::
/sys/firmware/memmap/0
/sys/firmware/memmap/1
@@ -34,14 +34,16 @@ Description:
Each directory contains three files:
- start : The start address (as hexadecimal number with the
+ ======== =====================================================
+ start The start address (as hexadecimal number with the
'0x' prefix).
- end : The end address, inclusive (regardless whether the
+ end The end address, inclusive (regardless whether the
firmware provides inclusive or exclusive ranges).
- type : Type of the entry as string. See below for a list of
+ type Type of the entry as string. See below for a list of
valid types.
+ ======== =====================================================
- So, for example:
+ So, for example::
/sys/firmware/memmap/0/start
/sys/firmware/memmap/0/end
@@ -57,9 +59,8 @@ Description:
- reserved
Following shell snippet can be used to display that memory
- map in a human-readable format:
+ map in a human-readable format::
- -------------------- 8< ----------------------------------------
#!/bin/bash
cd /sys/firmware/memmap
for dir in * ; do
@@ -68,4 +69,3 @@ Description:
type=$(cat $dir/type)
printf "%016x-%016x (%s)\n" $start $[ $end +1] "$type"
done
- -------------------- >8 ----------------------------------------
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-ext4 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-ext4
index 78604db56279..99e3d92f8299 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-ext4
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-ext4
@@ -45,8 +45,8 @@ Description:
parameter will have their blocks allocated out of a
block group specific preallocation pool, so that small
files are packed closely together. Each large file
- will have its blocks allocated out of its own unique
- preallocation pool.
+ will have its blocks allocated out of its own unique
+ preallocation pool.
What: /sys/fs/ext4/<disk>/inode_readahead_blks
Date: March 2008
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-hypervisor-xen b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-hypervisor-xen
index 53b7b2ea7515..4dbe0c49b393 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-hypervisor-xen
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-hypervisor-xen
@@ -15,14 +15,17 @@ KernelVersion: 4.3
Contact: Boris Ostrovsky <boris.ostrovsky@oracle.com>
Description: If running under Xen:
Describes mode that Xen's performance-monitoring unit (PMU)
- uses. Accepted values are
- "off" -- PMU is disabled
- "self" -- The guest can profile itself
- "hv" -- The guest can profile itself and, if it is
+ uses. Accepted values are:
+
+ ====== ============================================
+ "off" PMU is disabled
+ "self" The guest can profile itself
+ "hv" The guest can profile itself and, if it is
privileged (e.g. dom0), the hypervisor
- "all" -- The guest can profile itself, the hypervisor
+ "all" The guest can profile itself, the hypervisor
and all other guests. Only available to
privileged guests.
+ ====== ============================================
What: /sys/hypervisor/pmu/pmu_features
Date: August 2015
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-boot_params b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-boot_params
index eca38ce2852d..7f9bda453c4d 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-boot_params
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-boot_params
@@ -23,16 +23,17 @@ Description: The /sys/kernel/boot_params directory contains two
representation of setup_data type. "data" file is the binary
representation of setup_data payload.
- The whole boot_params directory structure is like below:
- /sys/kernel/boot_params
- |__ data
- |__ setup_data
- | |__ 0
- | | |__ data
- | | |__ type
- | |__ 1
- | |__ data
- | |__ type
- |__ version
+ The whole boot_params directory structure is like below::
+
+ /sys/kernel/boot_params
+ |__ data
+ |__ setup_data
+ | |__ 0
+ | | |__ data
+ | | |__ type
+ | |__ 1
+ | |__ data
+ | |__ type
+ |__ version
Users: Kexec
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-hugepages b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-hugepages
index fdaa2162fae1..294387e2c7fb 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-hugepages
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-hugepages
@@ -7,9 +7,11 @@ Description:
of the hugepages supported by the kernel/CPU combination.
Under these directories are a number of files:
- nr_hugepages
- nr_overcommit_hugepages
- free_hugepages
- surplus_hugepages
- resv_hugepages
+
+ - nr_hugepages
+ - nr_overcommit_hugepages
+ - free_hugepages
+ - surplus_hugepages
+ - resv_hugepages
+
See Documentation/admin-guide/mm/hugetlbpage.rst for details.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-asus-laptop b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-asus-laptop
index 8b0e8205a6a2..c78d358dbdbe 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-asus-laptop
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-asus-laptop
@@ -4,13 +4,16 @@ KernelVersion: 2.6.20
Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net>
Description:
This file allows display switching. The value
- is composed by 4 bits and defined as follow:
- 4321
- |||`- LCD
- ||`-- CRT
- |`--- TV
- `---- DVI
- Ex: - 0 (0000b) means no display
+ is composed by 4 bits and defined as follow::
+
+ 4321
+ |||`- LCD
+ ||`-- CRT
+ |`--- TV
+ `---- DVI
+
+ Ex:
+ - 0 (0000b) means no display
- 3 (0011b) CRT+LCD.
What: /sys/devices/platform/asus_laptop/gps
@@ -28,8 +31,10 @@ Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net>
Description:
Some models like the W1N have a LED display that can be
used to display several items of information.
- To control the LED display, use the following :
+ To control the LED display, use the following::
+
echo 0x0T000DDD > /sys/devices/platform/asus_laptop/
+
where T control the 3 letters display, and DDD the 3 digits display.
The DDD table can be found in Documentation/admin-guide/laptops/asus-laptop.rst
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-asus-wmi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-asus-wmi
index 1efac0ddb417..04885738cf15 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-asus-wmi
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-asus-wmi
@@ -5,6 +5,7 @@ Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net>
Description:
Change CPU clock configuration (write-only).
There are three available clock configuration:
+
* 0 -> Super Performance Mode
* 1 -> High Performance Mode
* 2 -> Power Saving Mode
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-at91 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-at91
index 4cc6a865ae66..b146be74b8e0 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-at91
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-at91
@@ -18,8 +18,10 @@ Description:
In order to use an extended can_id add the
CAN_EFF_FLAG (0x80000000U) to the can_id. Example:
- - standard id 0x7ff:
- echo 0x7ff > /sys/class/net/can0/mb0_id
+ - standard id 0x7ff::
- - extended id 0x1fffffff:
- echo 0x9fffffff > /sys/class/net/can0/mb0_id
+ echo 0x7ff > /sys/class/net/can0/mb0_id
+
+ - extended id 0x1fffffff::
+
+ echo 0x9fffffff > /sys/class/net/can0/mb0_id
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-eeepc-laptop b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-eeepc-laptop
index 5b026c69587a..70dbe0733cf6 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-eeepc-laptop
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-eeepc-laptop
@@ -4,9 +4,11 @@ KernelVersion: 2.6.26
Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net>
Description:
This file allows display switching.
+
- 1 = LCD
- 2 = CRT
- 3 = LCD+CRT
+
If you run X11, you should use xrandr instead.
What: /sys/devices/platform/eeepc/camera
@@ -30,16 +32,20 @@ Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net>
Description:
Change CPU clock configuration.
On the Eee PC 1000H there are three available clock configuration:
+
* 0 -> Super Performance Mode
* 1 -> High Performance Mode
* 2 -> Power Saving Mode
+
On Eee PC 701 there is only 2 available clock configurations.
Available configuration are listed in available_cpufv file.
Reading this file will show the raw hexadecimal value which
- is defined as follow:
- | 8 bit | 8 bit |
- | `---- Current mode
- `------------ Availables modes
+ is defined as follow::
+
+ | 8 bit | 8 bit |
+ | `---- Current mode
+ `------------ Availables modes
+
For example, 0x301 means: mode 1 selected, 3 available modes.
What: /sys/devices/platform/eeepc/available_cpufv
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-ideapad-laptop b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-ideapad-laptop
index 1b31be3f996a..fd2ac02bc5bd 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-ideapad-laptop
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-ideapad-laptop
@@ -12,6 +12,7 @@ Contact: "Maxim Mikityanskiy <maxtram95@gmail.com>"
Description:
Change fan mode
There are four available modes:
+
* 0 -> Super Silent Mode
* 1 -> Standard Mode
* 2 -> Dust Cleaning
@@ -32,9 +33,11 @@ KernelVersion: 4.18
Contact: "Oleg Keri <ezhi99@gmail.com>"
Description:
Control fn-lock mode.
+
* 1 -> Switched On
* 0 -> Switched Off
- For example:
- # echo "0" > \
- /sys/bus/pci/devices/0000:00:1f.0/PNP0C09:00/VPC2004:00/fn_lock
+ For example::
+
+ # echo "0" > \
+ /sys/bus/pci/devices/0000:00:1f.0/PNP0C09:00/VPC2004:00/fn_lock
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-intel-wmi-thunderbolt b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-intel-wmi-thunderbolt
index 8af65059d519..e19144fd5d86 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-intel-wmi-thunderbolt
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-intel-wmi-thunderbolt
@@ -7,5 +7,6 @@ Description:
Thunderbolt controllers to turn on or off when no
devices are connected (write-only)
There are two available states:
+
* 0 -> Force power disabled
* 1 -> Force power enabled
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-sst-atom b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-sst-atom
index 0d07c0395660..d5f6e21f0e42 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-sst-atom
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-sst-atom
@@ -5,13 +5,22 @@ Contact: "Sebastien Guiriec" <sebastien.guiriec@intel.com>
Description:
LPE Firmware version for SST driver on all atom
plaforms (BYT/CHT/Merrifield/BSW).
- If the FW has never been loaded it will display:
+ If the FW has never been loaded it will display::
+
"FW not yet loaded"
- If FW has been loaded it will display:
+
+ If FW has been loaded it will display::
+
"v01.aa.bb.cc"
+
aa: Major version is reflecting SoC version:
+
+ === =============
0d: BYT FW
0b: BSW FW
07: Merrifield FW
+ === =============
+
bb: Minor version
+
cc: Build version
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-usbip-vudc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-usbip-vudc
index 81fcfb454913..53622d3ba27c 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-usbip-vudc
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-usbip-vudc
@@ -16,10 +16,13 @@ Contact: Krzysztof Opasiak <k.opasiak@samsung.com>
Description:
Current status of the device.
Allowed values:
- 1 - Device is available and can be exported
- 2 - Device is currently exported
- 3 - Fatal error occurred during communication
- with peer
+
+ == ==========================================
+ 1 Device is available and can be exported
+ 2 Device is currently exported
+ 3 Fatal error occurred during communication
+ with peer
+ == ==========================================
What: /sys/devices/platform/usbip-vudc.%d/usbip_sockfd
Date: April 2016
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ptp b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ptp
index a17f817a9309..2363ad810ddb 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ptp
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ptp
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ Description:
pin offered by the PTP hardware clock. The file name
is the hardware dependent pin name. Reading from this
file produces two numbers, the assigned function (see
- the PTP_PF_ enumeration values in linux/ptp_clock.h)
+ the `PTP_PF_` enumeration values in linux/ptp_clock.h)
and the channel number. The function and channel
assignment may be changed by two writing numbers into
the file.
--
2.26.2
^ permalink raw reply related [flat|nested] 19+ messages in thread* [PATCH v2 31/39] docs: ABI: cleanup several ABI documents
[not found] <cover.1604042072.git.mchehab+huawei@kernel.org>
2020-10-30 7:40 ` [PATCH v2 19/39] docs: ABI: stable: make files ReST compatible Mauro Carvalho Chehab
2020-10-30 7:40 ` [PATCH v2 20/39] docs: ABI: testing: make the files compatible with ReST output Mauro Carvalho Chehab
@ 2020-10-30 7:40 ` Mauro Carvalho Chehab
2020-10-30 8:27 ` Rojewski, Cezary
` (4 more replies)
2 siblings, 5 replies; 19+ messages in thread
From: Mauro Carvalho Chehab @ 2020-10-30 7:40 UTC (permalink / raw)
To: Linux Doc Mailing List
Cc: Andrew Lunn, Peter Chen, Linus Walleij, Jerry Snitselaar,
dri-devel, Pavel Machek, Christian Gromm, ceph-devel,
Bart Van Assche, linux-acpi, Danil Kipnis, Samuel Thibault,
Guenter Roeck, Ohad Ben-Cohen, linux-pm, Alexander Antonov,
Dan Murphy, Thomas Gleixner, Stefan Achatz,
Konstantin Khlebnikov, Jingoo Han, Rafael J. Wysocki,
linux-kernel, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Hans Verkuil, Wu Hao,
Vineela Tummalapalli, Peter Meerwald-Stadler,
Srinivas Kandagatla, Hanjun Guo, Oleh Kravchenko,
Lars-Peter Clausen, Andy Shevchenko, Saravana Kannan,
Anton Vorontsov, Marek Marczykowski-Górecki, linux-stm32,
Bartosz Golaszewski, Len Brown, Alexandre Torgue,
Michael Hennerich, Suzuki K Poulose, coresight, linux-media,
Frederic Barrat, Bjorn Helgaas, Jaegeuk Kim, Boris Ostrovsky,
Mika Westerberg, linux-arm-kernel, Oded Gabbay, Tony Luck,
Mathieu Poirier, Boris Brezillon, PrasannaKumar Muralidharan,
linux-gpio, Dongsheng Yang, linux-f2fs-devel, Jarkko Sakkinen,
Maxime Coquelin, Vaibhav Jain, Pali Rohár, Jonathan Cameron,
Heiner Kallweit, Gautham R. Shenoy, Cezary Rojewski,
Mario Limonciello, Alexander Shishkin, Tom Rix, linux-fpga,
Rasmus Villemoes, Jonas Meurer, Daniel Thompson,
Florian Fainelli, Mark Gross, Jonathan Corbet, Ilya Dryomov,
Jack Wang, Kees Cook, Dan Williams, Kranthi Kuntala,
Dmitry Torokhov, Sebastian Reichel, Colin Cross,
Enric Balletbo i Serra, Roman Sudarikov, Roger Pau Monné,
Peter Zijlstra (Intel),
linux-remoteproc, Bjorn Andersson, linux-i3c, Lee Jones,
Mauro Carvalho Chehab, Russell King, Marek Behún,
Jason Gunthorpe, Pawan Gupta, Mike Leach, Andrew Donnellan,
Kajol Jain, Chao Yu, Johan Hovold, Andreas Klinger,
Jonathan Cameron, David Sterba, Jens Axboe, netdev, linux-iio,
Asutosh Das, linuxppc-dev
There are some ABI documents that, while they don't generate
any warnings, they have issues when parsed by get_abi.pl script
on its output result.
Address them, in order to provide a clean output.
Acked-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> #for IIO
Reviewed-by: Tom Rix <trix@redhat.com> # for fpga-manager
Reviewed-By: Kajol Jain<kjain@linux.ibm.com> # for sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-hv_gpci and sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-hv_24x7
Acked-by: Oded Gabbay <oded.gabbay@gmail.com> # for Habanalabs
Acked-by: Vaibhav Jain <vaibhav@linux.ibm.com> # for sysfs-bus-papr-pmem
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+huawei@kernel.org>
---
Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-class-dax | 8 +-
.../ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-pyra | 3 +
Documentation/ABI/removed/devfs | 1 +
Documentation/ABI/removed/raw1394 | 1 +
Documentation/ABI/removed/sysfs-class-rfkill | 2 +-
Documentation/ABI/removed/video1394 | 1 +
Documentation/ABI/stable/firewire-cdev | 63 ++---
Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-acpi-pmprofile | 4 +-
Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-w1 | 1 +
Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-tpm | 4 +-
Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-speakup | 4 +
Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-most | 135 +++++++----
.../ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ecm | 12 +-
.../ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-eem | 10 +-
.../ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-loopback | 6 +-
.../testing/configfs-usb-gadget-mass-storage | 18 +-
.../ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-midi | 14 +-
.../ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-printer | 6 +-
.../testing/configfs-usb-gadget-sourcesink | 18 +-
.../ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-subset | 10 +-
.../ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uac2 | 14 +-
.../ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uvc | 2 +-
.../ABI/testing/debugfs-cec-error-inj | 2 +-
.../ABI/testing/debugfs-driver-habanalabs | 12 +-
.../ABI/testing/debugfs-pfo-nx-crypto | 28 +--
Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-pktcdvd | 2 +-
.../ABI/testing/debugfs-turris-mox-rwtm | 10 +-
Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-wilco-ec | 21 +-
Documentation/ABI/testing/dell-smbios-wmi | 32 +--
Documentation/ABI/testing/gpio-cdev | 13 +-
Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-diskstats | 6 +-
Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-smaps_rollup | 48 ++--
Documentation/ABI/testing/pstore | 19 +-
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-rnbd | 4 +-
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-acpi | 1 +
.../testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etb10 | 5 +-
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-css | 3 +
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-dfl | 2 +
.../sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-hv_24x7 | 6 +-
.../sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-hv_gpci | 7 +-
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fcoe | 68 ++++--
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fsl-mc | 12 +-
.../ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-fsa9480 | 26 +-
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i3c | 2 +
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio | 19 +-
.../ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-hi8435 | 5 +
.../ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-stm32 | 3 +
.../ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-distance-srf08 | 7 +-
.../testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-ad9523 | 2 +
.../testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-adf4371 | 10 +-
.../ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-health-afe440x | 12 +-
.../ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-light-isl29018 | 6 +-
.../testing/sysfs-bus-intel_th-devices-gth | 11 +-
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-papr-pmem | 23 +-
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci | 22 +-
.../ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-devices-catpt | 1 +
.../testing/sysfs-bus-pci-drivers-ehci_hcd | 4 +-
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rbd | 37 ++-
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-siox | 3 +
.../ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-thunderbolt | 18 +-
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb | 2 +
.../sysfs-class-backlight-driver-lm3533 | 26 +-
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-bdi | 1 -
.../ABI/testing/sysfs-class-chromeos | 15 +-
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-cxl | 8 +-
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-devlink | 30 ++-
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-extcon | 34 +--
.../ABI/testing/sysfs-class-fpga-manager | 5 +-
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-gnss | 2 +
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led | 1 +
.../testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-el15203000 | 30 +--
.../ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-lm3533 | 44 ++--
.../ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-flash | 27 ++-
.../testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-netdev | 7 +
.../testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-usbport | 1 +
.../ABI/testing/sysfs-class-leds-gt683r | 8 +-
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net | 61 +++--
.../ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-cdc_ncm | 6 +-
.../ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-phydev | 2 +
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-pktcdvd | 36 +--
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power | 12 +-
.../ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-mp2629 | 1 +
.../ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-twl4030 | 4 +-
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rapidio | 46 ++--
.../ABI/testing/sysfs-class-regulator | 36 +--
.../ABI/testing/sysfs-class-remoteproc | 14 +-
...ysfs-class-rtc-rtc0-device-rtc_calibration | 1 +
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-uwb_rc | 13 +-
.../ABI/testing/sysfs-class-watchdog | 7 +-
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-dev | 7 +-
.../ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-mapping | 41 ++--
.../ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-memory | 15 +-
.../sysfs-devices-platform-_UDC_-gadget | 10 +-
.../ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-ipmi | 52 ++--
.../ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu | 4 +-
.../ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-lenovo | 10 +
.../ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-ntrig | 13 +-
.../ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-kone | 19 ++
.../ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-wiimote | 1 +
.../ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-input-exc3000 | 2 +
.../ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-jz4780-efuse | 6 +-
.../ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-pciback | 6 +-
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-ufs | 228 ++++++++++++++----
.../ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-w1_ds28e17 | 3 +
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-acpi | 16 +-
.../ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-efi-esrt | 28 ++-
.../testing/sysfs-firmware-efi-runtime-map | 14 +-
.../ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-qemu_fw_cfg | 20 +-
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-sfi | 6 +-
.../ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-sgi_uv | 6 +-
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-f2fs | 48 ++--
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-ksm | 5 +-
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-slab | 3 +
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-module | 17 +-
.../ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dell-laptop | 10 +-
.../ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dell-smbios | 4 +-
.../testing/sysfs-platform-i2c-demux-pinctrl | 4 +-
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-kim | 1 +
.../testing/sysfs-platform-phy-rcar-gen3-usb2 | 10 +-
.../ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-renesas_usb3 | 10 +-
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-power | 21 +-
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-profiling | 2 +-
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-wusb_cbaf | 3 +-
Documentation/ABI/testing/usb-charger-uevent | 82 ++++---
Documentation/ABI/testing/usb-uevent | 32 +--
scripts/get_abi.pl | 2 -
126 files changed, 1323 insertions(+), 767 deletions(-)
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-class-dax b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-class-dax
index 2cb9fc5e8bd1..0faf1354cd05 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-class-dax
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-class-dax
@@ -8,11 +8,11 @@ Description: Device DAX is the device-centric analogue of Filesystem
system. Device DAX is strict, precise and predictable.
Specifically this interface:
- 1/ Guarantees fault granularity with respect to a given
- page size (pte, pmd, or pud) set at configuration time.
+ 1. Guarantees fault granularity with respect to a given
+ page size (pte, pmd, or pud) set at configuration time.
- 2/ Enforces deterministic behavior by being strict about
- what fault scenarios are supported.
+ 2. Enforces deterministic behavior by being strict about
+ what fault scenarios are supported.
The /sys/class/dax/ interface enumerates all the
device-dax instances in the system. The ABI is
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-pyra b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-pyra
index 5d41ebadf15e..66545c587a64 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-pyra
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-pyra
@@ -7,10 +7,13 @@ Description: It is possible to switch the cpi setting of the mouse with the
setting reported by the mouse. This number has to be further
processed to receive the real dpi value:
+ ===== ====
VALUE DPI
+ ===== ====
1 400
2 800
4 1600
+ ===== ====
This file is readonly.
Has never been used. If bookkeeping is done, it's done in userland tools.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/removed/devfs b/Documentation/ABI/removed/devfs
index 0020c49933c4..24fb35adf277 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/removed/devfs
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/removed/devfs
@@ -5,6 +5,7 @@ Description:
devfs has been unmaintained for a number of years, has unfixable
races, contains a naming policy within the kernel that is
against the LSB, and can be replaced by using udev.
+
The files fs/devfs/*, include/linux/devfs_fs*.h were removed,
along with the assorted devfs function calls throughout the
kernel tree.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/removed/raw1394 b/Documentation/ABI/removed/raw1394
index ec333e676322..9ec7ec493920 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/removed/raw1394
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/removed/raw1394
@@ -7,6 +7,7 @@ Description:
to implement sensible device security policies, and its low level
of abstraction that required userspace clients to duplicate much
of the kernel's ieee1394 core functionality.
+
Replaced by /dev/fw*, i.e. the <linux/firewire-cdev.h> ABI of
firewire-core.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/removed/sysfs-class-rfkill b/Documentation/ABI/removed/sysfs-class-rfkill
index 9c08c7f98ffb..f25174eafd55 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/removed/sysfs-class-rfkill
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/removed/sysfs-class-rfkill
@@ -10,4 +10,4 @@ Description: This file was deprecated because there no longer was a way to
claim just control over a single rfkill instance.
This file was scheduled to be removed in 2012, and was removed
in 2016.
-Values: 0: Kernel handles events
+Values: 0: Kernel handles events
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/removed/video1394 b/Documentation/ABI/removed/video1394
index c39c25aee77b..1905d35a6619 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/removed/video1394
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/removed/video1394
@@ -8,6 +8,7 @@ Description:
performance issues in its first generation. Any video1394 user had
to use raw1394 + libraw1394 too because video1394 did not provide
asynchronous I/O for device discovery and configuration.
+
Replaced by /dev/fw*, i.e. the <linux/firewire-cdev.h> ABI of
firewire-core.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/firewire-cdev b/Documentation/ABI/stable/firewire-cdev
index c9e8ff026154..261f85b13154 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/firewire-cdev
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/firewire-cdev
@@ -16,6 +16,7 @@ Description:
different scope:
- The 1394 node which is associated with the file:
+
- Asynchronous request transmission
- Get the Configuration ROM
- Query node ID
@@ -23,6 +24,7 @@ Description:
and local node
- The 1394 bus (i.e. "card") to which the node is attached to:
+
- Isochronous stream transmission and reception
- Asynchronous stream transmission and reception
- Asynchronous broadcast request transmission
@@ -35,6 +37,7 @@ Description:
- Bus reset initiation, bus reset event reception
- All 1394 buses:
+
- Allocation of IEEE 1212 address ranges on the local
link layers, reception of inbound requests to such
an address range, asynchronous response transmission
@@ -59,50 +62,50 @@ Description:
The following file operations are supported:
open(2)
- Currently the only useful flags are O_RDWR.
+ Currently the only useful flags are O_RDWR.
ioctl(2)
- Initiate various actions. Some take immediate effect, others
- are performed asynchronously while or after the ioctl returns.
- See the inline documentation in <linux/firewire-cdev.h> for
- descriptions of all ioctls.
+ Initiate various actions. Some take immediate effect, others
+ are performed asynchronously while or after the ioctl returns.
+ See the inline documentation in <linux/firewire-cdev.h> for
+ descriptions of all ioctls.
poll(2), select(2), epoll_wait(2) etc.
- Watch for events to become available to be read.
+ Watch for events to become available to be read.
read(2)
- Receive various events. There are solicited events like
- outbound asynchronous transaction completion or isochronous
- buffer completion, and unsolicited events such as bus resets,
- request reception, or PHY packet reception. Always use a read
- buffer which is large enough to receive the largest event that
- could ever arrive. See <linux/firewire-cdev.h> for descriptions
- of all event types and for which ioctls affect reception of
- events.
+ Receive various events. There are solicited events like
+ outbound asynchronous transaction completion or isochronous
+ buffer completion, and unsolicited events such as bus resets,
+ request reception, or PHY packet reception. Always use a read
+ buffer which is large enough to receive the largest event that
+ could ever arrive. See <linux/firewire-cdev.h> for descriptions
+ of all event types and for which ioctls affect reception of
+ events.
mmap(2)
- Allocate a DMA buffer for isochronous reception or transmission
- and map it into the process address space. The arguments should
- be used as follows: addr = NULL, length = the desired buffer
- size, i.e. number of packets times size of largest packet,
- prot = at least PROT_READ for reception and at least PROT_WRITE
- for transmission, flags = MAP_SHARED, fd = the handle to the
- /dev/fw*, offset = 0.
+ Allocate a DMA buffer for isochronous reception or transmission
+ and map it into the process address space. The arguments should
+ be used as follows: addr = NULL, length = the desired buffer
+ size, i.e. number of packets times size of largest packet,
+ prot = at least PROT_READ for reception and at least PROT_WRITE
+ for transmission, flags = MAP_SHARED, fd = the handle to the
+ /dev/fw*, offset = 0.
Isochronous reception works in packet-per-buffer fashion except
for multichannel reception which works in buffer-fill mode.
munmap(2)
- Unmap the isochronous I/O buffer from the process address space.
+ Unmap the isochronous I/O buffer from the process address space.
close(2)
- Besides stopping and freeing I/O contexts that were associated
- with the file descriptor, back out any changes to the local
- nodes' Configuration ROM. Deallocate isochronous channels and
- bandwidth at the IRM that were marked for kernel-assisted
- re- and deallocation.
+ Besides stopping and freeing I/O contexts that were associated
+ with the file descriptor, back out any changes to the local
+ nodes' Configuration ROM. Deallocate isochronous channels and
+ bandwidth at the IRM that were marked for kernel-assisted
+ re- and deallocation.
-Users: libraw1394
- libdc1394
- libhinawa
+Users: libraw1394;
+ libdc1394;
+ libhinawa;
tools like linux-firewire-utils, fwhack, ...
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-acpi-pmprofile b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-acpi-pmprofile
index fd97d22b677f..2d6314f0e4e4 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-acpi-pmprofile
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-acpi-pmprofile
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
-What: /sys/firmware/acpi/pm_profile
+What: /sys/firmware/acpi/pm_profile
Date: 03-Nov-2011
KernelVersion: v3.2
Contact: linux-acpi@vger.kernel.org
-Description: The ACPI pm_profile sysfs interface exports the platform
+Description: The ACPI pm_profile sysfs interface exports the platform
power management (and performance) requirement expectations
as provided by BIOS. The integer value is directly passed as
retrieved from the FADT ACPI table.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-w1 b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-w1
index 992dfb183ed0..5cd5e872bcae 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-w1
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-w1
@@ -6,6 +6,7 @@ Description: Bus scanning interval, microseconds component.
control systems are attached/generate presence for as short as
100 ms - hence the tens-to-hundreds milliseconds scan intervals
are required.
+
see Documentation/w1/w1-generic.rst for detailed information.
Users: any user space application which wants to know bus scanning
interval
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-tpm b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-tpm
index ec464cf7861a..91ca63ec7581 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-tpm
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-tpm
@@ -191,6 +191,6 @@ Contact: linux-integrity@vger.kernel.org
Description: The "tpm_version_major" property shows the TCG spec major version
implemented by the TPM device.
- Example output:
+ Example output::
- 2
+ 2
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-speakup b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-speakup
index c6a32c434ce9..792f58ba327d 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-speakup
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-speakup
@@ -69,6 +69,7 @@ Description: Controls if typing interrupts output from speakup. With
speakup if for example
the say screen command is used before the
entire screen is read.
+
With no_interrupt set to one, if the say
screen command is used, and one then types on the keyboard,
speakup will continue to say the whole screen regardless until
@@ -215,8 +216,10 @@ Description: This file contains names for key states.
Again, these are part of the help system. For instance, if you
had pressed speakup + keypad 3, you would hear:
"speakup keypad 3 is go to bottom edge."
+
The speakup key is depressed, so the name of the key state is
speakup.
+
This part of the message comes from the states collection.
What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/i18n/characters
@@ -297,6 +300,7 @@ KernelVersion: 2.6
Contact: speakup@linux-speakup.org
Description: Controls if punctuation is spoken by speakup, or by the
synthesizer.
+
For example, speakup speaks ">" as "greater", while
the espeak synthesizer used by the soft driver speaks "greater
than". Zero lets speakup speak the punctuation. One lets the
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-most b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-most
index ed67a4d9f6d6..bc6b8bd18da4 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-most
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-most
@@ -15,22 +15,28 @@ KernelVersion: 5.2
Description:
The attributes:
- buffer_size configure the buffer size for this channel
+ buffer_size
+ configure the buffer size for this channel
- subbuffer_size configure the sub-buffer size for this channel
+ subbuffer_size
+ configure the sub-buffer size for this channel
(needed for synchronous and isochrnous data)
- num_buffers configure number of buffers used for this
+ num_buffers
+ configure number of buffers used for this
channel
- datatype configure type of data that will travel over
+ datatype
+ configure type of data that will travel over
this channel
- direction configure whether this link will be an input
+ direction
+ configure whether this link will be an input
or output
- dbr_size configure DBR data buffer size (this is used
+ dbr_size
+ configure DBR data buffer size (this is used
for MediaLB communication only)
packets_per_xact
@@ -39,18 +45,23 @@ Description:
transmitted via USB (this is used for USB
communication only)
- device name of the device the link is to be attached to
+ device
+ name of the device the link is to be attached to
- channel name of the channel the link is to be attached to
+ channel
+ name of the channel the link is to be attached to
- comp_params pass parameters needed by some components
+ comp_params
+ pass parameters needed by some components
- create_link write '1' to this attribute to trigger the
+ create_link
+ write '1' to this attribute to trigger the
creation of the link. In case of speculative
configuration, the creation is post-poned until
a physical device is being attached to the bus.
- destroy_link write '1' to this attribute to destroy an
+ destroy_link
+ write '1' to this attribute to destroy an
active link
What: /sys/kernel/config/most_video/<link>
@@ -59,22 +70,28 @@ KernelVersion: 5.2
Description:
The attributes:
- buffer_size configure the buffer size for this channel
+ buffer_size
+ configure the buffer size for this channel
- subbuffer_size configure the sub-buffer size for this channel
+ subbuffer_size
+ configure the sub-buffer size for this channel
(needed for synchronous and isochrnous data)
- num_buffers configure number of buffers used for this
+ num_buffers
+ configure number of buffers used for this
channel
- datatype configure type of data that will travel over
+ datatype
+ configure type of data that will travel over
this channel
- direction configure whether this link will be an input
+ direction
+ configure whether this link will be an input
or output
- dbr_size configure DBR data buffer size (this is used
+ dbr_size
+ configure DBR data buffer size (this is used
for MediaLB communication only)
packets_per_xact
@@ -83,18 +100,23 @@ Description:
transmitted via USB (this is used for USB
communication only)
- device name of the device the link is to be attached to
+ device
+ name of the device the link is to be attached to
- channel name of the channel the link is to be attached to
+ channel
+ name of the channel the link is to be attached to
- comp_params pass parameters needed by some components
+ comp_params
+ pass parameters needed by some components
- create_link write '1' to this attribute to trigger the
+ create_link
+ write '1' to this attribute to trigger the
creation of the link. In case of speculative
configuration, the creation is post-poned until
a physical device is being attached to the bus.
- destroy_link write '1' to this attribute to destroy an
+ destroy_link
+ write '1' to this attribute to destroy an
active link
What: /sys/kernel/config/most_net/<link>
@@ -103,22 +125,28 @@ KernelVersion: 5.2
Description:
The attributes:
- buffer_size configure the buffer size for this channel
+ buffer_size
+ configure the buffer size for this channel
- subbuffer_size configure the sub-buffer size for this channel
+ subbuffer_size
+ configure the sub-buffer size for this channel
(needed for synchronous and isochrnous data)
- num_buffers configure number of buffers used for this
+ num_buffers
+ configure number of buffers used for this
channel
- datatype configure type of data that will travel over
+ datatype
+ configure type of data that will travel over
this channel
- direction configure whether this link will be an input
+ direction
+ configure whether this link will be an input
or output
- dbr_size configure DBR data buffer size (this is used
+ dbr_size
+ configure DBR data buffer size (this is used
for MediaLB communication only)
packets_per_xact
@@ -127,18 +155,23 @@ Description:
transmitted via USB (this is used for USB
communication only)
- device name of the device the link is to be attached to
+ device
+ name of the device the link is to be attached to
- channel name of the channel the link is to be attached to
+ channel
+ name of the channel the link is to be attached to
- comp_params pass parameters needed by some components
+ comp_params
+ pass parameters needed by some components
- create_link write '1' to this attribute to trigger the
+ create_link
+ write '1' to this attribute to trigger the
creation of the link. In case of speculative
configuration, the creation is post-poned until
a physical device is being attached to the bus.
- destroy_link write '1' to this attribute to destroy an
+ destroy_link
+ write '1' to this attribute to destroy an
active link
What: /sys/kernel/config/most_sound/<card>
@@ -147,7 +180,8 @@ KernelVersion: 5.2
Description:
The attributes:
- create_card write '1' to this attribute to trigger the
+ create_card
+ write '1' to this attribute to trigger the
registration of the sound card with the ALSA
subsystem.
@@ -157,22 +191,28 @@ KernelVersion: 5.2
Description:
The attributes:
- buffer_size configure the buffer size for this channel
+ buffer_size
+ configure the buffer size for this channel
- subbuffer_size configure the sub-buffer size for this channel
+ subbuffer_size
+ configure the sub-buffer size for this channel
(needed for synchronous and isochrnous data)
- num_buffers configure number of buffers used for this
+ num_buffers
+ configure number of buffers used for this
channel
- datatype configure type of data that will travel over
+ datatype
+ configure type of data that will travel over
this channel
- direction configure whether this link will be an input
+ direction
+ configure whether this link will be an input
or output
- dbr_size configure DBR data buffer size (this is used
+ dbr_size
+ configure DBR data buffer size (this is used
for MediaLB communication only)
packets_per_xact
@@ -181,16 +221,21 @@ Description:
transmitted via USB (this is used for USB
communication only)
- device name of the device the link is to be attached to
+ device
+ name of the device the link is to be attached to
- channel name of the channel the link is to be attached to
+ channel
+ name of the channel the link is to be attached to
- comp_params pass parameters needed by some components
+ comp_params
+ pass parameters needed by some components
- create_link write '1' to this attribute to trigger the
+ create_link
+ write '1' to this attribute to trigger the
creation of the link. In case of speculative
configuration, the creation is post-poned until
a physical device is being attached to the bus.
- destroy_link write '1' to this attribute to destroy an
+ destroy_link
+ write '1' to this attribute to destroy an
active link
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ecm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ecm
index 0addf7704b4c..272bc1e4ce2e 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ecm
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ecm
@@ -4,13 +4,17 @@ KernelVersion: 3.11
Description:
The attributes:
- ifname - network device interface name associated with
+ ifname
+ - network device interface name associated with
this function instance
- qmult - queue length multiplier for high and
+ qmult
+ - queue length multiplier for high and
super speed
- host_addr - MAC address of host's end of this
+ host_addr
+ - MAC address of host's end of this
Ethernet over USB link
- dev_addr - MAC address of device's end of this
+ dev_addr
+ - MAC address of device's end of this
Ethernet over USB link
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-eem b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-eem
index a4c57158fcde..178c3d5fb647 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-eem
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-eem
@@ -4,11 +4,13 @@ KernelVersion: 3.11
Description:
The attributes:
- ifname - network device interface name associated with
+ ========== =============================================
+ ifname network device interface name associated with
this function instance
- qmult - queue length multiplier for high and
+ qmult queue length multiplier for high and
super speed
- host_addr - MAC address of host's end of this
+ host_addr MAC address of host's end of this
Ethernet over USB link
- dev_addr - MAC address of device's end of this
+ dev_addr MAC address of device's end of this
Ethernet over USB link
+ ========== =============================================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-loopback b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-loopback
index 06beefbcf061..e6c6ba5ac7ff 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-loopback
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-loopback
@@ -4,5 +4,7 @@ KernelVersion: 3.13
Description:
The attributes:
- qlen - depth of loopback queue
- buflen - buffer length
+ ======= =======================
+ qlen depth of loopback queue
+ buflen buffer length
+ ======= =======================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-mass-storage b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-mass-storage
index 9931fb0d63ba..c86b63a7bb43 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-mass-storage
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-mass-storage
@@ -4,12 +4,14 @@ KernelVersion: 3.13
Description:
The attributes:
- stall - Set to permit function to halt bulk endpoints.
+ =========== ==============================================
+ stall Set to permit function to halt bulk endpoints.
Disabled on some USB devices known not to work
correctly. You should set it to true.
- num_buffers - Number of pipeline buffers. Valid numbers
+ num_buffers Number of pipeline buffers. Valid numbers
are 2..4. Available only if
CONFIG_USB_GADGET_DEBUG_FILES is set.
+ =========== ==============================================
What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/mass_storage.name/lun.name
Date: Oct 2013
@@ -17,15 +19,17 @@ KernelVersion: 3.13
Description:
The attributes:
- file - The path to the backing file for the LUN.
+ =========== ==============================================
+ file The path to the backing file for the LUN.
Required if LUN is not marked as removable.
- ro - Flag specifying access to the LUN shall be
+ ro Flag specifying access to the LUN shall be
read-only. This is implied if CD-ROM emulation
is enabled as well as when it was impossible
to open "filename" in R/W mode.
- removable - Flag specifying that LUN shall be indicated as
+ removable Flag specifying that LUN shall be indicated as
being removable.
- cdrom - Flag specifying that LUN shall be reported as
+ cdrom Flag specifying that LUN shall be reported as
being a CD-ROM.
- nofua - Flag specifying that FUA flag
+ nofua Flag specifying that FUA flag
in SCSI WRITE(10,12)
+ =========== ==============================================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-midi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-midi
index 6b341df7249c..07389cddd51a 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-midi
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-midi
@@ -4,9 +4,11 @@ KernelVersion: 3.19
Description:
The attributes:
- index - index value for the USB MIDI adapter
- id - ID string for the USB MIDI adapter
- buflen - MIDI buffer length
- qlen - USB read request queue length
- in_ports - number of MIDI input ports
- out_ports - number of MIDI output ports
+ ========== ====================================
+ index index value for the USB MIDI adapter
+ id ID string for the USB MIDI adapter
+ buflen MIDI buffer length
+ qlen USB read request queue length
+ in_ports number of MIDI input ports
+ out_ports number of MIDI output ports
+ ========== ====================================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-printer b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-printer
index 6b0714e3c605..7aa731bac2da 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-printer
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-printer
@@ -4,6 +4,8 @@ KernelVersion: 4.1
Description:
The attributes:
- pnp_string - Data to be passed to the host in pnp string
- q_len - Number of requests per endpoint
+ ========== ===========================================
+ pnp_string Data to be passed to the host in pnp string
+ q_len Number of requests per endpoint
+ ========== ===========================================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-sourcesink b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-sourcesink
index f56335af2d88..1f3d31b607b7 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-sourcesink
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-sourcesink
@@ -4,11 +4,13 @@ KernelVersion: 3.13
Description:
The attributes:
- pattern - 0 (all zeros), 1 (mod63), 2 (none)
- isoc_interval - 1..16
- isoc_maxpacket - 0 - 1023 (fs), 0 - 1024 (hs/ss)
- isoc_mult - 0..2 (hs/ss only)
- isoc_maxburst - 0..15 (ss only)
- buflen - buffer length
- bulk_qlen - depth of queue for bulk
- iso_qlen - depth of queue for iso
+ ============== ==================================
+ pattern 0 (all zeros), 1 (mod63), 2 (none)
+ isoc_interval 1..16
+ isoc_maxpacket 0 - 1023 (fs), 0 - 1024 (hs/ss)
+ isoc_mult 0..2 (hs/ss only)
+ isoc_maxburst 0..15 (ss only)
+ buflen buffer length
+ bulk_qlen depth of queue for bulk
+ iso_qlen depth of queue for iso
+ ============== ==================================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-subset b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-subset
index 9373e2c51ea4..0061b864351f 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-subset
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-subset
@@ -4,11 +4,13 @@ KernelVersion: 3.11
Description:
The attributes:
- ifname - network device interface name associated with
+ ========== =============================================
+ ifname network device interface name associated with
this function instance
- qmult - queue length multiplier for high and
+ qmult queue length multiplier for high and
super speed
- host_addr - MAC address of host's end of this
+ host_addr MAC address of host's end of this
Ethernet over USB link
- dev_addr - MAC address of device's end of this
+ dev_addr MAC address of device's end of this
Ethernet over USB link
+ ========== =============================================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uac2 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uac2
index 2bfdd4efa9bd..d4356c8b8cd6 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uac2
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uac2
@@ -4,9 +4,11 @@ KernelVersion: 3.18
Description:
The attributes:
- c_chmask - capture channel mask
- c_srate - capture sampling rate
- c_ssize - capture sample size (bytes)
- p_chmask - playback channel mask
- p_srate - playback sampling rate
- p_ssize - playback sample size (bytes)
+ ========= ============================
+ c_chmask capture channel mask
+ c_srate capture sampling rate
+ c_ssize capture sample size (bytes)
+ p_chmask playback channel mask
+ p_srate playback sampling rate
+ p_ssize playback sample size (bytes)
+ ========= ============================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uvc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uvc
index cee81b0347bb..ac5e11af79a8 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uvc
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uvc
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ Description: Default output terminal descriptors
============== =============================================
iTerminal index of string descriptor
- bSourceID id of the terminal to which this terminal
+ bSourceID id of the terminal to which this terminal
is connected
bAssocTerminal id of the input terminal to which this output
terminal is associated
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-cec-error-inj b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-cec-error-inj
index 5afcd78fbdb7..8debcb08a3b5 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-cec-error-inj
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-cec-error-inj
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ error injections without having to know the details of the driver-specific
commands.
Note that the output of 'error-inj' shall be valid as input to 'error-inj'.
-So this must work:
+So this must work::
$ cat error-inj >einj.txt
$ cat einj.txt >error-inj
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-driver-habanalabs b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-driver-habanalabs
index 2e9ae311e02d..c5d678d39144 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-driver-habanalabs
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-driver-habanalabs
@@ -20,9 +20,13 @@ Description: Allow the root user to disable/enable in runtime the clock
The user can supply a bitmask value, each bit represents
a different engine to disable/enable its clock gating feature.
The bitmask is composed of 20 bits:
- 0 - 7 : DMA channels
- 8 - 11 : MME engines
- 12 - 19 : TPC engines
+
+ ======= ============
+ 0 - 7 DMA channels
+ 8 - 11 MME engines
+ 12 - 19 TPC engines
+ ======= ============
+
The bit's location of a specific engine can be determined
using (1 << GAUDI_ENGINE_ID_*). GAUDI_ENGINE_ID_* values
are defined in uapi habanalabs.h file in enum gaudi_engine_id
@@ -59,6 +63,7 @@ Description: Allows the root user to read or write directly through the
the generic Linux user-space PCI mapping) because the DDR bar
is very small compared to the DDR memory and only the driver can
move the bar before and after the transaction.
+
If the IOMMU is disabled, it also allows the root user to read
or write from the host a device VA of a host mapped memory
@@ -73,6 +78,7 @@ Description: Allows the root user to read or write 64 bit data directly
the generic Linux user-space PCI mapping) because the DDR bar
is very small compared to the DDR memory and only the driver can
move the bar before and after the transaction.
+
If the IOMMU is disabled, it also allows the root user to read
or write from the host a device VA of a host mapped memory
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-pfo-nx-crypto b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-pfo-nx-crypto
index 685d5a448423..f75a655c1531 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-pfo-nx-crypto
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-pfo-nx-crypto
@@ -4,42 +4,42 @@ KernelVersion: 3.4
Contact: Kent Yoder <key@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Description:
- These debugfs interfaces are built by the nx-crypto driver, built in
+These debugfs interfaces are built by the nx-crypto driver, built in
arch/powerpc/crypto/nx.
Error Detection
===============
errors:
-- A u32 providing a total count of errors since the driver was loaded. The
-only errors counted here are those returned from the hcall, H_COP_OP.
+ A u32 providing a total count of errors since the driver was loaded. The
+ only errors counted here are those returned from the hcall, H_COP_OP.
last_error:
-- The most recent non-zero return code from the H_COP_OP hcall. -EBUSY is not
-recorded here (the hcall will retry until -EBUSY goes away).
+ The most recent non-zero return code from the H_COP_OP hcall. -EBUSY is not
+ recorded here (the hcall will retry until -EBUSY goes away).
last_error_pid:
-- The process ID of the process who received the most recent error from the
-hcall.
+ The process ID of the process who received the most recent error from the
+ hcall.
Device Use
==========
aes_bytes:
-- The total number of bytes encrypted using AES in any of the driver's
-supported modes.
+ The total number of bytes encrypted using AES in any of the driver's
+ supported modes.
aes_ops:
-- The total number of AES operations submitted to the hardware.
+ The total number of AES operations submitted to the hardware.
sha256_bytes:
-- The total number of bytes hashed by the hardware using SHA-256.
+ The total number of bytes hashed by the hardware using SHA-256.
sha256_ops:
-- The total number of SHA-256 operations submitted to the hardware.
+ The total number of SHA-256 operations submitted to the hardware.
sha512_bytes:
-- The total number of bytes hashed by the hardware using SHA-512.
+ The total number of bytes hashed by the hardware using SHA-512.
sha512_ops:
-- The total number of SHA-512 operations submitted to the hardware.
+ The total number of SHA-512 operations submitted to the hardware.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-pktcdvd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-pktcdvd
index 787907d70462..f6f65a4faea0 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-pktcdvd
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-pktcdvd
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ these files in debugfs:
/sys/kernel/debug/pktcdvd/pktcdvd[0-7]/
==== ====== ====================================
- info (0444) Lots of driver statistics and infos.
+ info 0444 Lots of driver statistics and infos.
==== ====== ====================================
Example::
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-turris-mox-rwtm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-turris-mox-rwtm
index c8f7dadd591c..ad08f535af3b 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-turris-mox-rwtm
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-turris-mox-rwtm
@@ -2,10 +2,12 @@ What: /sys/kernel/debug/turris-mox-rwtm/do_sign
Date: Jun 2020
KernelVersion: 5.8
Contact: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
-Description: (W)
- Message to sign with the ECDSA private key stored in
+Description:
+
+ === ===========================================================
+ (W) Message to sign with the ECDSA private key stored in
device's OTP. The message must be exactly 64 bytes (since
this is intended for SHA-512 hashes).
- (R)
- The resulting signature, 136 bytes. This contains the R and
+ (R) The resulting signature, 136 bytes. This contains the R and
S values of the ECDSA signature, both in big-endian format.
+ === ===========================================================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-wilco-ec b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-wilco-ec
index 9d8d9d2def5b..682e3c09ef4d 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-wilco-ec
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-wilco-ec
@@ -27,16 +27,17 @@ Description:
for writing, two for the type and at least a single byte of
data.
- Example:
- // Request EC info type 3 (EC firmware build date)
- // Corresponds with sending type 0x00f0 with
- // MBOX = [38, 00, 03, 00]
- $ echo 00 f0 38 00 03 00 > /sys/kernel/debug/wilco_ec/raw
- // View the result. The decoded ASCII result "12/21/18" is
- // included after the raw hex.
- // Corresponds with MBOX = [00, 00, 31, 32, 2f, 32, 31, 38, ...]
- $ cat /sys/kernel/debug/wilco_ec/raw
- 00 00 31 32 2f 32 31 2f 31 38 00 38 00 01 00 2f 00 ..12/21/18.8...
+ Example::
+
+ // Request EC info type 3 (EC firmware build date)
+ // Corresponds with sending type 0x00f0 with
+ // MBOX = [38, 00, 03, 00]
+ $ echo 00 f0 38 00 03 00 > /sys/kernel/debug/wilco_ec/raw
+ // View the result. The decoded ASCII result "12/21/18" is
+ // included after the raw hex.
+ // Corresponds with MBOX = [00, 00, 31, 32, 2f, 32, 31, 38, ...]
+ $ cat /sys/kernel/debug/wilco_ec/raw
+ 00 00 31 32 2f 32 31 2f 31 38 00 38 00 01 00 2f 00 ..12/21/18.8...
Note that the first 16 bytes of the received MBOX[] will be
printed, even if some of the data is junk, and skipping bytes
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/dell-smbios-wmi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/dell-smbios-wmi
index fc919ce16008..5f3a0dc67050 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/dell-smbios-wmi
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/dell-smbios-wmi
@@ -10,29 +10,29 @@ Description:
<uapi/linux/wmi.h>
1) To perform an SMBIOS call from userspace, you'll need to
- first determine the minimum size of the calling interface
- buffer for your machine.
- Platforms that contain larger buffers can return larger
- objects from the system firmware.
- Commonly this size is either 4k or 32k.
+ first determine the minimum size of the calling interface
+ buffer for your machine.
+ Platforms that contain larger buffers can return larger
+ objects from the system firmware.
+ Commonly this size is either 4k or 32k.
- To determine the size of the buffer read() a u64 dword from
- the WMI character device /dev/wmi/dell-smbios.
+ To determine the size of the buffer read() a u64 dword from
+ the WMI character device /dev/wmi/dell-smbios.
2) After you've determined the minimum size of the calling
- interface buffer, you can allocate a structure that represents
- the structure documented above.
+ interface buffer, you can allocate a structure that represents
+ the structure documented above.
3) In the 'length' object store the size of the buffer you
- determined above and allocated.
+ determined above and allocated.
4) In this buffer object, prepare as necessary for the SMBIOS
- call you're interested in. Typically SMBIOS buffers have
- "class", "select", and "input" defined to values that coincide
- with the data you are interested in.
- Documenting class/select/input values is outside of the scope
- of this documentation. Check with the libsmbios project for
- further documentation on these values.
+ call you're interested in. Typically SMBIOS buffers have
+ "class", "select", and "input" defined to values that coincide
+ with the data you are interested in.
+ Documenting class/select/input values is outside of the scope
+ of this documentation. Check with the libsmbios project for
+ further documentation on these values.
6) Run the call by using ioctl() as described in the header.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/gpio-cdev b/Documentation/ABI/testing/gpio-cdev
index 7b265fbb47e3..66bdcd188b6c 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/gpio-cdev
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/gpio-cdev
@@ -12,15 +12,16 @@ Description:
The following file operations are supported:
open(2)
- Currently the only useful flags are O_RDWR.
+ Currently the only useful flags are O_RDWR.
ioctl(2)
- Initiate various actions.
- See the inline documentation in [include/uapi]<linux/gpio.h>
- for descriptions of all ioctls.
+ Initiate various actions.
+
+ See the inline documentation in [include/uapi]<linux/gpio.h>
+ for descriptions of all ioctls.
close(2)
- Stops and free up the I/O contexts that was associated
- with the file descriptor.
+ Stops and free up the I/O contexts that was associated
+ with the file descriptor.
Users: TBD
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-diskstats b/Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-diskstats
index df5a3a8c1edf..e58d641443d3 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-diskstats
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-diskstats
@@ -35,7 +35,9 @@ Description:
Kernel 5.5+ appends two more fields for flush requests:
- 19 - flush requests completed successfully
- 20 - time spent flushing
+ == =====================================
+ 19 flush requests completed successfully
+ 20 time spent flushing
+ == =====================================
For more details refer to Documentation/admin-guide/iostats.rst
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-smaps_rollup b/Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-smaps_rollup
index 046978193368..a4e31c465194 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-smaps_rollup
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-smaps_rollup
@@ -14,28 +14,28 @@ Description:
For more details, see Documentation/filesystems/proc.rst
and the procfs man page.
- Typical output looks like this:
+ Typical output looks like this::
- 00100000-ff709000 ---p 00000000 00:00 0 [rollup]
- Size: 1192 kB
- KernelPageSize: 4 kB
- MMUPageSize: 4 kB
- Rss: 884 kB
- Pss: 385 kB
- Pss_Anon: 301 kB
- Pss_File: 80 kB
- Pss_Shmem: 4 kB
- Shared_Clean: 696 kB
- Shared_Dirty: 0 kB
- Private_Clean: 120 kB
- Private_Dirty: 68 kB
- Referenced: 884 kB
- Anonymous: 68 kB
- LazyFree: 0 kB
- AnonHugePages: 0 kB
- ShmemPmdMapped: 0 kB
- Shared_Hugetlb: 0 kB
- Private_Hugetlb: 0 kB
- Swap: 0 kB
- SwapPss: 0 kB
- Locked: 385 kB
+ 00100000-ff709000 ---p 00000000 00:00 0 [rollup]
+ Size: 1192 kB
+ KernelPageSize: 4 kB
+ MMUPageSize: 4 kB
+ Rss: 884 kB
+ Pss: 385 kB
+ Pss_Anon: 301 kB
+ Pss_File: 80 kB
+ Pss_Shmem: 4 kB
+ Shared_Clean: 696 kB
+ Shared_Dirty: 0 kB
+ Private_Clean: 120 kB
+ Private_Dirty: 68 kB
+ Referenced: 884 kB
+ Anonymous: 68 kB
+ LazyFree: 0 kB
+ AnonHugePages: 0 kB
+ ShmemPmdMapped: 0 kB
+ Shared_Hugetlb: 0 kB
+ Private_Hugetlb: 0 kB
+ Swap: 0 kB
+ SwapPss: 0 kB
+ Locked: 385 kB
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/pstore b/Documentation/ABI/testing/pstore
index d45209abdb1b..5b02540781a2 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/pstore
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/pstore
@@ -9,25 +9,25 @@ Description: Generic interface to platform dependent persistent storage.
provide a generic interface to show records captured in
the dying moments. In the case of a panic the last part
of the console log is captured, but other interesting
- data can also be saved.
+ data can also be saved::
- # mount -t pstore -o kmsg_bytes=8000 - /sys/fs/pstore
+ # mount -t pstore -o kmsg_bytes=8000 - /sys/fs/pstore
- $ ls -l /sys/fs/pstore/
- total 0
- -r--r--r-- 1 root root 7896 Nov 30 15:38 dmesg-erst-1
+ $ ls -l /sys/fs/pstore/
+ total 0
+ -r--r--r-- 1 root root 7896 Nov 30 15:38 dmesg-erst-1
Different users of this interface will result in different
filename prefixes. Currently two are defined:
- "dmesg" - saved console log
- "mce" - architecture dependent data from fatal h/w error
+ - "dmesg" - saved console log
+ - "mce" - architecture dependent data from fatal h/w error
Once the information in a file has been read, removing
the file will signal to the underlying persistent storage
- device that it can reclaim the space for later re-use.
+ device that it can reclaim the space for later re-use::
- $ rm /sys/fs/pstore/dmesg-erst-1
+ $ rm /sys/fs/pstore/dmesg-erst-1
The expectation is that all files in /sys/fs/pstore/
will be saved elsewhere and erased from persistent store
@@ -44,4 +44,3 @@ Description: Generic interface to platform dependent persistent storage.
backends are available, the preferred backend may be
set by passing the pstore.backend= argument to the kernel at
boot time.
-
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-rnbd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-rnbd
index 8f070b47f361..14a6fe9422b3 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-rnbd
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-rnbd
@@ -9,9 +9,9 @@ Description: To unmap a volume, "normal" or "force" has to be written to:
is using the device. When "force" is used, the device is also unmapped
when device is in use. All I/Os that are in progress will fail.
- Example:
+ Example::
- # echo "normal" > /sys/block/rnbd0/rnbd/unmap_device
+ # echo "normal" > /sys/block/rnbd0/rnbd/unmap_device
What: /sys/block/rnbd<N>/rnbd/state
Date: Feb 2020
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-acpi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-acpi
index c78603497b97..58abacf59b2a 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-acpi
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-acpi
@@ -5,6 +5,7 @@ Description:
This attribute indicates the full path of ACPI namespace
object associated with the device object. For example,
\_SB_.PCI0.
+
This file is not present for device objects representing
fixed ACPI hardware features (like power and sleep
buttons).
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etb10 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etb10
index b5f526081711..3e92cbd3fd83 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etb10
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etb10
@@ -4,7 +4,10 @@ KernelVersion: 3.19
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
Description: (RW) Add/remove a sink from a trace path. There can be multiple
source for a single sink.
- ex: echo 1 > /sys/bus/coresight/devices/20010000.etb/enable_sink
+
+ ex::
+
+ echo 1 > /sys/bus/coresight/devices/20010000.etb/enable_sink
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etb/trigger_cntr
Date: November 2014
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-css b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-css
index 966f8504bd7b..12a733fe357f 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-css
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-css
@@ -20,6 +20,7 @@ Contact: Cornelia Huck <cornelia.huck@de.ibm.com>
Description: Contains the ids of the channel paths used by this
subchannel, as reported by the channel subsystem
during subchannel recognition.
+
Note: This is an I/O-subchannel specific attribute.
Users: s390-tools, HAL
@@ -31,6 +32,7 @@ Description: Contains the PIM/PAM/POM values, as reported by the
channel subsystem when last queried by the common I/O
layer (this implies that this attribute is not necessarily
in sync with the values current in the channel subsystem).
+
Note: This is an I/O-subchannel specific attribute.
Users: s390-tools, HAL
@@ -53,6 +55,7 @@ Description: This file allows the driver for a device to be specified. When
opt-out of driver binding using a driver_override name such as
"none". Only a single driver may be specified in the override,
there is no support for parsing delimiters.
+
Note that unlike the mechanism of the same name for pci, this
file does not allow to override basic matching rules. I.e.,
the driver must still match the subchannel type of the device.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-dfl b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-dfl
index 23543be904f2..b0265ab17200 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-dfl
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-dfl
@@ -4,6 +4,7 @@ KernelVersion: 5.10
Contact: Xu Yilun <yilun.xu@intel.com>
Description: Read-only. It returns type of DFL FIU of the device. Now DFL
supports 2 FIU types, 0 for FME, 1 for PORT.
+
Format: 0x%x
What: /sys/bus/dfl/devices/dfl_dev.X/feature_id
@@ -12,4 +13,5 @@ KernelVersion: 5.10
Contact: Xu Yilun <yilun.xu@intel.com>
Description: Read-only. It returns feature identifier local to its DFL FIU
type.
+
Format: 0x%x
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-hv_24x7 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-hv_24x7
index 2273627df190..de390a010af8 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-hv_24x7
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-hv_24x7
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ Description: Read-only. Attribute group to describe the magic bits
Each attribute under this group defines a bit range of the
perf_event_attr.config. All supported attributes are listed
- below.
+ below::
chip = "config:16-31"
core = "config:16-31"
@@ -16,9 +16,9 @@ Description: Read-only. Attribute group to describe the magic bits
offset = "config:32-63"
vcpu = "config:16-31"
- For example,
+ For example::
- PM_PB_CYC = "domain=1,offset=0x80,chip=?,lpar=0x0"
+ PM_PB_CYC = "domain=1,offset=0x80,chip=?,lpar=0x0"
In this event, '?' after chip specifies that
this value will be provided by user while running this event.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-hv_gpci b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-hv_gpci
index 6a023b42486c..12e2bf92783f 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-hv_gpci
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-hv_gpci
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ Description: Read-only. Attribute group to describe the magic bits
Each attribute under this group defines a bit range of the
perf_event_attr.config. All supported attributes are listed
- below.
+ below::
counter_info_version = "config:16-23"
length = "config:24-31"
@@ -20,9 +20,9 @@ Description: Read-only. Attribute group to describe the magic bits
secondary_index = "config:0-15"
starting_index = "config:32-63"
- For example,
+ For example::
- processor_core_utilization_instructions_completed = "request=0x94,
+ processor_core_utilization_instructions_completed = "request=0x94,
phys_processor_idx=?,counter_info_version=0x8,
length=8,offset=0x18"
@@ -36,6 +36,7 @@ Description:
'0' if the hypervisor is configured to forbid access to event
counters being accumulated by other guests and to physical
domain event counters.
+
'1' if that access is allowed.
What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/hv_gpci/interface/ga
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fcoe b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fcoe
index 657df13b100d..8fe787cc4ab7 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fcoe
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fcoe
@@ -3,16 +3,19 @@ Date: August 2012
KernelVersion: TBD
Contact: Robert Love <robert.w.love@intel.com>, devel@open-fcoe.org
Description: The FCoE bus. Attributes in this directory are control interfaces.
+
Attributes:
- ctlr_create: 'FCoE Controller' instance creation interface. Writing an
+ ctlr_create:
+ 'FCoE Controller' instance creation interface. Writing an
<ifname> to this file will allocate and populate sysfs with a
fcoe_ctlr_device (ctlr_X). The user can then configure any
per-port settings and finally write to the fcoe_ctlr_device's
'start' attribute to begin the kernel's discovery and login
process.
- ctlr_destroy: 'FCoE Controller' instance removal interface. Writing a
+ ctlr_destroy:
+ 'FCoE Controller' instance removal interface. Writing a
fcoe_ctlr_device's sysfs name to this file will log the
fcoe_ctlr_device out of the fabric or otherwise connected
FCoE devices. It will also free all kernel memory allocated
@@ -32,11 +35,13 @@ Description: 'FCoE Controller' instances on the fcoe bus.
Attributes:
- fcf_dev_loss_tmo: Device loss timeout period (see below). Changing
+ fcf_dev_loss_tmo:
+ Device loss timeout period (see below). Changing
this value will change the dev_loss_tmo for all
FCFs discovered by this controller.
- mode: Display or change the FCoE Controller's mode. Possible
+ mode:
+ Display or change the FCoE Controller's mode. Possible
modes are 'Fabric' and 'VN2VN'. If a FCoE Controller
is started in 'Fabric' mode then FIP FCF discovery is
initiated and ultimately a fabric login is attempted.
@@ -44,23 +49,30 @@ Attributes:
FIP VN2VN discovery and login is performed. A FCoE
Controller only supports one mode at a time.
- enabled: Whether an FCoE controller is enabled or disabled.
+ enabled:
+ Whether an FCoE controller is enabled or disabled.
0 if disabled, 1 if enabled. Writing either 0 or 1
to this file will enable or disable the FCoE controller.
- lesb/link_fail: Link Error Status Block (LESB) link failure count.
+ lesb/link_fail:
+ Link Error Status Block (LESB) link failure count.
- lesb/vlink_fail: Link Error Status Block (LESB) virtual link
+ lesb/vlink_fail:
+ Link Error Status Block (LESB) virtual link
failure count.
- lesb/miss_fka: Link Error Status Block (LESB) missed FCoE
+ lesb/miss_fka:
+ Link Error Status Block (LESB) missed FCoE
Initialization Protocol (FIP) Keep-Alives (FKA).
- lesb/symb_err: Link Error Status Block (LESB) symbolic error count.
+ lesb/symb_err:
+ Link Error Status Block (LESB) symbolic error count.
- lesb/err_block: Link Error Status Block (LESB) block error count.
+ lesb/err_block:
+ Link Error Status Block (LESB) block error count.
- lesb/fcs_error: Link Error Status Block (LESB) Fibre Channel
+ lesb/fcs_error:
+ Link Error Status Block (LESB) Fibre Channel
Services error count.
Notes: ctlr_X (global increment starting at 0)
@@ -75,31 +87,41 @@ Description: 'FCoE FCF' instances on the fcoe bus. A FCF is a Fibre Channel
Fibre Channel frames into a FC fabric. It can also take
outbound FC frames and pack them in Ethernet packets to
be sent to their destination on the Ethernet segment.
+
Attributes:
- fabric_name: Identifies the fabric that the FCF services.
+ fabric_name:
+ Identifies the fabric that the FCF services.
- switch_name: Identifies the FCF.
+ switch_name:
+ Identifies the FCF.
- priority: The switch's priority amongst other FCFs on the same
+ priority:
+ The switch's priority amongst other FCFs on the same
fabric.
- selected: 1 indicates that the switch has been selected for use;
+ selected:
+ 1 indicates that the switch has been selected for use;
0 indicates that the switch will not be used.
- fc_map: The Fibre Channel MAP
+ fc_map:
+ The Fibre Channel MAP
- vfid: The Virtual Fabric ID
+ vfid:
+ The Virtual Fabric ID
- mac: The FCF's MAC address
+ mac:
+ The FCF's MAC address
- fka_period: The FIP Keep-Alive period
+ fka_period:
+ The FIP Keep-Alive period
fabric_state: The internal kernel state
- "Unknown" - Initialization value
- "Disconnected" - No link to the FCF/fabric
- "Connected" - Host is connected to the FCF
- "Deleted" - FCF is being removed from the system
+
+ - "Unknown" - Initialization value
+ - "Disconnected" - No link to the FCF/fabric
+ - "Connected" - Host is connected to the FCF
+ - "Deleted" - FCF is being removed from the system
dev_loss_tmo: The device loss timeout period for this FCF.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fsl-mc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fsl-mc
index 80256b8b4f26..bf3c6af6ad89 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fsl-mc
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fsl-mc
@@ -6,8 +6,10 @@ Description:
the driver to attempt to bind to the device found at
this location. The format for the location is Object.Id
and is the same as found in /sys/bus/fsl-mc/devices/.
- For example:
- # echo dpni.2 > /sys/bus/fsl-mc/drivers/fsl_dpaa2_eth/bind
+
+ For example::
+
+ # echo dpni.2 > /sys/bus/fsl-mc/drivers/fsl_dpaa2_eth/bind
What: /sys/bus/fsl-mc/drivers/.../unbind
Date: December 2016
@@ -17,5 +19,7 @@ Description:
driver to attempt to unbind from the device found at
this location. The format for the location is Object.Id
and is the same as found in /sys/bus/fsl-mc/devices/.
- For example:
- # echo dpni.2 > /sys/bus/fsl-mc/drivers/fsl_dpaa2_eth/unbind
+
+ For example::
+
+ # echo dpni.2 > /sys/bus/fsl-mc/drivers/fsl_dpaa2_eth/unbind
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-fsa9480 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-fsa9480
index 9de269bb0ae5..42dfc9399d2d 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-fsa9480
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-fsa9480
@@ -3,19 +3,25 @@ Date: February 2011
Contact: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Description:
show what device is attached
- NONE - no device
- USB - USB device is attached
- UART - UART is attached
- CHARGER - Charger is attaced
- JIG - JIG is attached
+
+ ======= ======================
+ NONE no device
+ USB USB device is attached
+ UART UART is attached
+ CHARGER Charger is attaced
+ JIG JIG is attached
+ ======= ======================
What: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/.../switch
Date: February 2011
Contact: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Description:
show or set the state of manual switch
- VAUDIO - switch to VAUDIO path
- UART - switch to UART path
- AUDIO - switch to AUDIO path
- DHOST - switch to DHOST path
- AUTO - switch automatically by device
+
+ ======= ==============================
+ VAUDIO switch to VAUDIO path
+ UART switch to UART path
+ AUDIO switch to AUDIO path
+ DHOST switch to DHOST path
+ AUTO switch automatically by device
+ ======= ==============================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i3c b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i3c
index 2f332ec36f82..1f4a2662335b 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i3c
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i3c
@@ -84,6 +84,7 @@ Description:
by space. Modes can be "hdr-ddr", "hdr-tsp" and "hdr-tsl".
See the I3C specification for more details about these HDR
modes.
+
This entry describes the HDRCAP of the master controller
driving the bus.
@@ -135,6 +136,7 @@ Description:
Expose the HDR (High Data Rate) capabilities of a device.
Returns a list of supported HDR mode, each element is separated
by space. Modes can be "hdr-ddr", "hdr-tsp" and "hdr-tsl".
+
See the I3C specification for more details about these HDR
modes.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio
index e3df71987eff..df42bed09f25 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio
@@ -15,6 +15,7 @@ Description:
based on hardware generated events (e.g. data ready) or
provided by a separate driver for other hardware (e.g.
periodic timer, GPIO or high resolution timer).
+
Contains trigger type specific elements. These do not
generalize well and hence are not documented in this file.
X is the IIO index of the trigger.
@@ -666,6 +667,7 @@ Description:
<type>[Y][_name]_<raw|input>_thresh_falling_value may take
different values, but the device can only enable both thresholds
or neither.
+
Note the driver will assume the last p events requested are
to be enabled where p is how many it supports (which may vary
depending on the exact set requested. So if you want to be
@@ -720,6 +722,7 @@ Description:
<type>[Y][_name]_<raw|input>_roc_falling_value may take
different values, but the device can only enable both rate of
change thresholds or neither.
+
Note the driver will assume the last p events requested are
to be enabled where p is however many it supports (which may
vary depending on the exact set requested. So if you want to be
@@ -775,9 +778,11 @@ Description:
Specifies the value of threshold that the device is comparing
against for the events enabled by
<type>Y[_name]_thresh[_rising|falling]_en.
+
If separate attributes exist for the two directions, but
direction is not specified for this attribute, then a single
threshold value applies to both directions.
+
The raw or input element of the name indicates whether the
value is in raw device units or in processed units (as _raw
and _input do on sysfs direct channel read attributes).
@@ -860,6 +865,7 @@ Description:
If separate attributes exist for the two directions, but
direction is not specified for this attribute, then a single
hysteresis value applies to both directions.
+
For falling events the hysteresis is added to the _value attribute for
this event to get the upper threshold for when the event goes back to
normal, for rising events the hysteresis is subtracted from the _value
@@ -906,6 +912,7 @@ Description:
Specifies the value of rate of change threshold that the
device is comparing against for the events enabled by
<type>[Y][_name]_roc[_rising|falling]_en.
+
If separate attributes exist for the two directions,
but direction is not specified for this attribute,
then a single threshold value applies to both directions.
@@ -1305,6 +1312,7 @@ Description:
Proximity measurement indicating that some
object is near the sensor, usually by observing
reflectivity of infrared or ultrasound emitted.
+
Often these sensors are unit less and as such conversion
to SI units is not possible. Higher proximity measurements
indicate closer objects, and vice versa. Units after
@@ -1450,9 +1458,12 @@ Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
Description:
A single positive integer specifying the maximum number of scan
elements to wait for.
+
Poll will block until the watermark is reached.
+
Blocking read will wait until the minimum between the requested
read amount or the low water mark is available.
+
Non-blocking read will retrieve the available samples from the
buffer even if there are less samples then watermark level. This
allows the application to block on poll with a timeout and read
@@ -1481,11 +1492,13 @@ Description:
device settings allows it (e.g. if a trigger is set that samples
data differently that the hardware fifo does then hardware fifo
will not enabled).
+
If the hardware fifo is enabled and the level of the hardware
fifo reaches the hardware fifo watermark level the device will
flush its hardware fifo to the device buffer. Doing a non
blocking read on the device when no samples are present in the
device buffer will also force a flush.
+
When the hardware fifo is enabled there is no need to use a
trigger to use buffer mode since the watermark settings
guarantees that the hardware fifo is flushed to the device
@@ -1523,6 +1536,7 @@ Description:
A single positive integer specifying the minimum watermark level
for the hardware fifo of this device. If the device does not
have a hardware fifo this entry is not present.
+
If the user sets buffer/watermark to a value less than this one,
then the hardware watermark will remain unset.
@@ -1533,6 +1547,7 @@ Description:
A single positive integer specifying the maximum watermark level
for the hardware fifo of this device. If the device does not
have a hardware fifo this entry is not present.
+
If the user sets buffer/watermark to a value greater than this
one, then the hardware watermark will be capped at this value.
@@ -1544,6 +1559,7 @@ Description:
levels for the hardware fifo. This entry is optional and if it
is not present it means that all the values between
hwfifo_watermark_min and hwfifo_watermark_max are supported.
+
If the user sets buffer/watermark to a value greater than
hwfifo_watermak_min but not equal to any of the values in this
list, the driver will chose an appropriate value for the
@@ -1605,7 +1621,8 @@ KernelVersion: 4.1.0
Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
Description:
'1' (enable) or '0' (disable) specifying the enable
- of heater function. Same reading values apply
+ of heater function. Same reading values apply.
+
This ABI is especially applicable for humidity sensors
to heatup the device and get rid of any condensation
in some humidity environment
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-hi8435 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-hi8435
index f30b4c424fb6..4b01150af397 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-hi8435
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-hi8435
@@ -19,9 +19,11 @@ Description:
is separately set for "GND-Open" and "Supply-Open" modes.
Channels 0..31 have common low threshold values, but could have different
sensing_modes.
+
The low voltage threshold range is between 2..21V.
Hysteresis between low and high thresholds can not be lower then 2 and
can not be odd.
+
If falling threshold results hysteresis to odd value then rising
threshold is automatically subtracted by one.
@@ -34,10 +36,13 @@ Description:
this value then the threshold rising event is pushed.
Depending on in_voltageY_sensing_mode the high voltage threshold
is separately set for "GND-Open" and "Supply-Open" modes.
+
Channels 0..31 have common high threshold values, but could have different
sensing_modes.
+
The high voltage threshold range is between 3..22V.
Hysteresis between low and high thresholds can not be lower then 2 and
can not be odd.
+
If rising threshold results hysteresis to odd value then falling
threshold is automatically appended by one.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-stm32 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-stm32
index efe4c85e3c8b..1975c7a1af34 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-stm32
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-stm32
@@ -5,10 +5,13 @@ Description:
The STM32 ADC can be configured to use external trigger sources
(e.g. timers, pwm or exti gpio). Then, it can be tuned to start
conversions on external trigger by either:
+
- "rising-edge"
- "falling-edge"
- "both-edges".
+
Reading returns current trigger polarity.
+
Writing value before enabling conversions sets trigger polarity.
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/triggerX/trigger_polarity_available
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-distance-srf08 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-distance-srf08
index a133fd8d081a..40df5c9fef99 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-distance-srf08
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-distance-srf08
@@ -15,8 +15,11 @@ Description:
first object echoed in meters. Default value is 6.020.
This setting limits the time the driver is waiting for a
echo.
+
Showing the range of available values is represented as the
minimum value, the step and the maximum value, all enclosed
in square brackets.
- Example:
- [0.043 0.043 11.008]
+
+ Example::
+
+ [0.043 0.043 11.008]
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-ad9523 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-ad9523
index a91aeabe7b24..d065cda7dd96 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-ad9523
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-ad9523
@@ -8,7 +8,9 @@ KernelVersion: 3.4.0
Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
Description:
Reading returns either '1' or '0'.
+
'1' means that the clock in question is present.
+
'0' means that the clock is missing.
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/pllY_locked
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-adf4371 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-adf4371
index 302de64cb424..544548ee794c 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-adf4371
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-adf4371
@@ -27,12 +27,12 @@ What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_name
KernelVersion:
Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
Description:
- Reading returns the datasheet name for channel Y:
+ Reading returns the datasheet name for channel Y::
- out_altvoltage0_name: RF8x
- out_altvoltage1_name: RFAUX8x
- out_altvoltage2_name: RF16x
- out_altvoltage3_name: RF32x
+ out_altvoltage0_name: RF8x
+ out_altvoltage1_name: RFAUX8x
+ out_altvoltage2_name: RF16x
+ out_altvoltage3_name: RF32x
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_powerdown
KernelVersion:
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-health-afe440x b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-health-afe440x
index 6adba9058b22..66b621f10223 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-health-afe440x
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-health-afe440x
@@ -6,10 +6,14 @@ Description:
Get measured values from the ADC for these stages. Y is the
specific stage number corresponding to datasheet stage names
as follows:
- 1 -> LED2
- 2 -> ALED2/LED3
- 3 -> LED1
- 4 -> ALED1/LED4
+
+ == ==========
+ 1 LED2
+ 2 ALED2/LED3
+ 3 LED1
+ 4 ALED1/LED4
+ == ==========
+
Note that channels 5 and 6 represent LED2-ALED2 and LED1-ALED1
respectively which simply helper channels containing the
calculated difference in the value of stage 1 - 2 and 3 - 4.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-light-isl29018 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-light-isl29018
index f0ce0a0476ea..220206a20d98 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-light-isl29018
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-light-isl29018
@@ -15,5 +15,7 @@ Description:
Scheme 0 has wider dynamic range, Scheme 1 proximity detection
is less affected by the ambient IR noise variation.
- 0 Sensing IR from LED and ambient
- 1 Sensing IR from LED with ambient IR rejection
+ == =============================================
+ 0 Sensing IR from LED and ambient
+ 1 Sensing IR from LED with ambient IR rejection
+ == =============================================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-intel_th-devices-gth b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-intel_th-devices-gth
index 22d0843849a8..b7b2278fe042 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-intel_th-devices-gth
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-intel_th-devices-gth
@@ -10,10 +10,13 @@ Date: June 2015
KernelVersion: 4.3
Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com>
Description: (RO) Output port type:
- 0: not present,
- 1: MSU (Memory Storage Unit)
- 2: CTP (Common Trace Port)
- 4: PTI (MIPI PTI).
+
+ == =========================
+ 0 not present,
+ 1 MSU (Memory Storage Unit)
+ 2 CTP (Common Trace Port)
+ 4 PTI (MIPI PTI).
+ == =========================
What: /sys/bus/intel_th/devices/<intel_th_id>-gth/outputs/[0-7]_drop
Date: June 2015
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-papr-pmem b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-papr-pmem
index c1a67275c43f..8316c33862a0 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-papr-pmem
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-papr-pmem
@@ -11,19 +11,26 @@ Description:
at 'Documentation/powerpc/papr_hcalls.rst' . Below are
the flags reported in this sysfs file:
- * "not_armed" : Indicates that NVDIMM contents will not
+ * "not_armed"
+ Indicates that NVDIMM contents will not
survive a power cycle.
- * "flush_fail" : Indicates that NVDIMM contents
+ * "flush_fail"
+ Indicates that NVDIMM contents
couldn't be flushed during last
shut-down event.
- * "restore_fail": Indicates that NVDIMM contents
+ * "restore_fail"
+ Indicates that NVDIMM contents
couldn't be restored during NVDIMM
initialization.
- * "encrypted" : NVDIMM contents are encrypted.
- * "smart_notify": There is health event for the NVDIMM.
- * "scrubbed" : Indicating that contents of the
+ * "encrypted"
+ NVDIMM contents are encrypted.
+ * "smart_notify"
+ There is health event for the NVDIMM.
+ * "scrubbed"
+ Indicating that contents of the
NVDIMM have been scrubbed.
- * "locked" : Indicating that NVDIMM contents cant
+ * "locked"
+ Indicating that NVDIMM contents cant
be modified until next power cycle.
What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/nmemX/papr/perf_stats
@@ -51,4 +58,4 @@ Description:
* "MedWDur " : Media Write Duration
* "CchRHCnt" : Cache Read Hit Count
* "CchWHCnt" : Cache Write Hit Count
- * "FastWCnt" : Fast Write Count
\ No newline at end of file
+ * "FastWCnt" : Fast Write Count
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci
index 450296cc7948..77ad9ec3c801 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci
@@ -7,8 +7,10 @@ Description:
this location. This is useful for overriding default
bindings. The format for the location is: DDDD:BB:DD.F.
That is Domain:Bus:Device.Function and is the same as
- found in /sys/bus/pci/devices/. For example:
- # echo 0000:00:19.0 > /sys/bus/pci/drivers/foo/bind
+ found in /sys/bus/pci/devices/. For example::
+
+ # echo 0000:00:19.0 > /sys/bus/pci/drivers/foo/bind
+
(Note: kernels before 2.6.28 may require echo -n).
What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/.../unbind
@@ -20,8 +22,10 @@ Description:
this location. This may be useful when overriding default
bindings. The format for the location is: DDDD:BB:DD.F.
That is Domain:Bus:Device.Function and is the same as
- found in /sys/bus/pci/devices/. For example:
- # echo 0000:00:19.0 > /sys/bus/pci/drivers/foo/unbind
+ found in /sys/bus/pci/devices/. For example::
+
+ # echo 0000:00:19.0 > /sys/bus/pci/drivers/foo/unbind
+
(Note: kernels before 2.6.28 may require echo -n).
What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/.../new_id
@@ -38,8 +42,9 @@ Description:
Class, Class Mask, and Private Driver Data. The Vendor ID
and Device ID fields are required, the rest are optional.
Upon successfully adding an ID, the driver will probe
- for the device and attempt to bind to it. For example:
- # echo "8086 10f5" > /sys/bus/pci/drivers/foo/new_id
+ for the device and attempt to bind to it. For example::
+
+ # echo "8086 10f5" > /sys/bus/pci/drivers/foo/new_id
What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/.../remove_id
Date: February 2009
@@ -54,8 +59,9 @@ Description:
required, the rest are optional. After successfully
removing an ID, the driver will no longer support the
device. This is useful to ensure auto probing won't
- match the driver to the device. For example:
- # echo "8086 10f5" > /sys/bus/pci/drivers/foo/remove_id
+ match the driver to the device. For example::
+
+ # echo "8086 10f5" > /sys/bus/pci/drivers/foo/remove_id
What: /sys/bus/pci/rescan
Date: January 2009
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-devices-catpt b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-devices-catpt
index 8a200f4eefbd..f85db86d63e8 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-devices-catpt
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-devices-catpt
@@ -4,6 +4,7 @@ Contact: Cezary Rojewski <cezary.rojewski@intel.com>
Description:
Version of AudioDSP firmware ASoC catpt driver is
communicating with.
+
Format: %d.%d.%d.%d, type:major:minor:build.
What: /sys/devices/pci0000:00/<dev>/fw_info
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-drivers-ehci_hcd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-drivers-ehci_hcd
index 60c60fa624b2..c90d97a80855 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-drivers-ehci_hcd
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-drivers-ehci_hcd
@@ -21,11 +21,11 @@ Description:
number returns the port to normal operation.
For example: To force the high-speed device attached to
- port 4 on bus 2 to run at full speed:
+ port 4 on bus 2 to run at full speed::
echo 4 >/sys/bus/usb/devices/usb2/../companion
- To return the port to high-speed operation:
+ To return the port to high-speed operation::
echo -4 >/sys/bus/usb/devices/usb2/../companion
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rbd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rbd
index cc30bee8b5f4..417a2fe21be1 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rbd
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rbd
@@ -7,6 +7,8 @@ Description:
Usage: <mon ip addr> <options> <pool name> <rbd image name> [<snap name>]
+ Example::
+
$ echo "192.168.0.1 name=admin rbd foo" > /sys/bus/rbd/add
The snapshot name can be "-" or omitted to map the image
@@ -23,6 +25,8 @@ Description:
Usage: <dev-id> [force]
+ Example::
+
$ echo 2 > /sys/bus/rbd/remove
Optional "force" argument which when passed will wait for
@@ -80,26 +84,29 @@ Date: Oct, 2010
KernelVersion: v2.6.37
Contact: Sage Weil <sage@newdream.net>
Description:
- size: (RO) The size (in bytes) of the mapped block
+
+ ============== ================================================
+ size (RO) The size (in bytes) of the mapped block
device.
- major: (RO) The block device major number.
+ major (RO) The block device major number.
- client_id: (RO) The ceph unique client id that was assigned
+ client_id (RO) The ceph unique client id that was assigned
for this specific session.
- pool: (RO) The name of the storage pool where this rbd
+ pool (RO) The name of the storage pool where this rbd
image resides. An rbd image name is unique
within its pool.
- name: (RO) The name of the rbd image.
+ name (RO) The name of the rbd image.
- refresh: (WO) Writing to this file will reread the image
+ refresh (WO) Writing to this file will reread the image
header data and set all relevant data structures
accordingly.
- current_snap: (RO) The current snapshot for which the device
+ current_snap (RO) The current snapshot for which the device
is mapped.
+ ============== ================================================
What: /sys/bus/rbd/devices/<dev-id>/pool_id
@@ -117,11 +124,13 @@ Date: Oct, 2012
KernelVersion: v3.7
Contact: Sage Weil <sage@newdream.net>
Description:
- image_id: (RO) The unique id for the rbd image. (For rbd
+ ========= ===============================================
+ image_id (RO) The unique id for the rbd image. (For rbd
image format 1 this is empty.)
- features: (RO) A hexadecimal encoding of the feature bits
+ features (RO) A hexadecimal encoding of the feature bits
for this image.
+ ========= ===============================================
What: /sys/bus/rbd/devices/<dev-id>/parent
@@ -149,14 +158,16 @@ Date: Aug, 2016
KernelVersion: v4.9
Contact: Sage Weil <sage@newdream.net>
Description:
- snap_id: (RO) The current snapshot's id.
+ ============ ================================================
+ snap_id (RO) The current snapshot's id.
- config_info: (RO) The string written into
+ config_info (RO) The string written into
/sys/bus/rbd/add{,_single_major}.
- cluster_fsid: (RO) The ceph cluster UUID.
+ cluster_fsid (RO) The ceph cluster UUID.
- client_addr: (RO) The ceph unique client
+ client_addr (RO) The ceph unique client
entity_addr_t (address + nonce). The format is
<address>:<port>/<nonce>: '1.2.3.4:1234/5678' or
'[1:2:3:4:5:6:7:8]:1234/5678'.
+ ============ ================================================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-siox b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-siox
index c2a403f20b90..50e80238f30d 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-siox
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-siox
@@ -8,6 +8,7 @@ Description:
When the file contains a "1" the bus is operated and periodically
does a push-pull cycle to write and read data from the
connected devices.
+
When writing a "0" or "1" the bus moves to the described state.
What: /sys/bus/siox/devices/siox-X/device_add
@@ -21,8 +22,10 @@ Description:
to add a new device dynamically. <type> is the name that is used to match
to a driver (similar to the platform bus). <inbytes> and <outbytes> define
the length of the input and output shift register in bytes respectively.
+
<statustype> defines the 4 bit device type that is check to identify connection
problems.
+
The new device is added to the end of the existing chain.
What: /sys/bus/siox/devices/siox-X/device_remove
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-thunderbolt b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-thunderbolt
index 171127294674..0b4ab9e4b8f4 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-thunderbolt
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-thunderbolt
@@ -193,10 +193,11 @@ Description: When new NVM image is written to the non-active NVM
verification fails an error code is returned instead.
This file will accept writing values "1" or "2"
+
- Writing "1" will flush the image to the storage
- area and authenticate the image in one action.
+ area and authenticate the image in one action.
- Writing "2" will run some basic validation on the image
- and flush it to the storage area.
+ and flush it to the storage area.
When read holds status of the last authentication
operation if an error occurred during the process. This
@@ -213,9 +214,11 @@ Description: This contains name of the property directory the XDomain
question. Following directories are already reserved by
the Apple XDomain specification:
- network: IP/ethernet over Thunderbolt
- targetdm: Target disk mode protocol over Thunderbolt
- extdisp: External display mode protocol over Thunderbolt
+ ======== ===============================================
+ network IP/ethernet over Thunderbolt
+ targetdm Target disk mode protocol over Thunderbolt
+ extdisp External display mode protocol over Thunderbolt
+ ======== ===============================================
What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/<xdomain>.<service>/modalias
Date: Jan 2018
@@ -293,7 +296,8 @@ Description: For supported devices, automatically authenticate the new Thunderbo
image when the device is disconnected from the host system.
This file will accept writing values "1" or "2"
+
- Writing "1" will flush the image to the storage
- area and prepare the device for authentication on disconnect.
+ area and prepare the device for authentication on disconnect.
- Writing "2" will run some basic validation on the image
- and flush it to the storage area.
+ and flush it to the storage area.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb
index e449b8374f6a..bf2c1968525f 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb
@@ -9,6 +9,7 @@ Description:
by writing INTERFACE to /sys/bus/usb/drivers_probe
This allows to avoid side-effects with drivers
that need multiple interfaces.
+
A deauthorized interface cannot be probed or claimed.
What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/interface_authorized_default
@@ -216,6 +217,7 @@ Description:
- Bit 0 of this field selects the "old" enumeration scheme,
as it is considerably faster (it only causes one USB reset
instead of 2).
+
The old enumeration scheme can also be selected globally
using /sys/module/usbcore/parameters/old_scheme_first, but
it is often not desirable as the new scheme was introduced to
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-driver-lm3533 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-driver-lm3533
index c0e0a9ae7b3d..8251e78abc49 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-driver-lm3533
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-driver-lm3533
@@ -6,8 +6,10 @@ Description:
Get the ALS output channel used as input in
ALS-current-control mode (0, 1), where:
- 0 - out_current0 (backlight 0)
- 1 - out_current1 (backlight 1)
+ == ==========================
+ 0 out_current0 (backlight 0)
+ 1 out_current1 (backlight 1)
+ == ==========================
What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/als_en
Date: May 2012
@@ -30,8 +32,10 @@ Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com>
Description:
Set the brightness-mapping mode (0, 1), where:
- 0 - exponential mode
- 1 - linear mode
+ == ================
+ 0 exponential mode
+ 1 linear mode
+ == ================
What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/pwm
Date: April 2012
@@ -40,9 +44,11 @@ Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com>
Description:
Set the PWM-input control mask (5 bits), where:
- bit 5 - PWM-input enabled in Zone 4
- bit 4 - PWM-input enabled in Zone 3
- bit 3 - PWM-input enabled in Zone 2
- bit 2 - PWM-input enabled in Zone 1
- bit 1 - PWM-input enabled in Zone 0
- bit 0 - PWM-input enabled
+ ===== ===========================
+ bit 5 PWM-input enabled in Zone 4
+ bit 4 PWM-input enabled in Zone 3
+ bit 3 PWM-input enabled in Zone 2
+ bit 2 PWM-input enabled in Zone 1
+ bit 1 PWM-input enabled in Zone 0
+ bit 0 PWM-input enabled
+ ===== ===========================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-bdi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-bdi
index d773d5697cf5..5402bd74ba43 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-bdi
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-bdi
@@ -24,7 +24,6 @@ default
filesystems which do not provide their own BDI.
Files under /sys/class/bdi/<bdi>/
----------------------------------
read_ahead_kb (read-write)
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-chromeos b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-chromeos
index 5819699d66ec..74ece942722e 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-chromeos
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-chromeos
@@ -17,13 +17,14 @@ Date: August 2015
KernelVersion: 4.2
Description:
Tell the EC to reboot in various ways. Options are:
- "cancel": Cancel a pending reboot.
- "ro": Jump to RO without rebooting.
- "rw": Jump to RW without rebooting.
- "cold": Cold reboot.
- "disable-jump": Disable jump until next reboot.
- "hibernate": Hibernate the EC.
- "at-shutdown": Reboot after an AP shutdown.
+
+ - "cancel": Cancel a pending reboot.
+ - "ro": Jump to RO without rebooting.
+ - "rw": Jump to RW without rebooting.
+ - "cold": Cold reboot.
+ - "disable-jump": Disable jump until next reboot.
+ - "hibernate": Hibernate the EC.
+ - "at-shutdown": Reboot after an AP shutdown.
What: /sys/class/chromeos/<ec-device-name>/version
Date: August 2015
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-cxl b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-cxl
index a6f51a104c44..818f55970efb 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-cxl
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-cxl
@@ -217,6 +217,7 @@ Description: read/write
card. A power cycle is required to load the image.
"none" could be useful for debugging because the trace arrays
are preserved.
+
"user" and "factory" means PERST will cause either the user or
user or factory image to be loaded.
Default is to reload on PERST whichever image the card has
@@ -240,8 +241,11 @@ Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org
Description: read/write
Trust that when an image is reloaded via PERST, it will not
have changed.
- 0 = don't trust, the image may be different (default)
- 1 = trust that the image will not change.
+
+ == =================================================
+ 0 don't trust, the image may be different (default)
+ 1 trust that the image will not change.
+ == =================================================
Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl
What: /sys/class/cxl/<card>/psl_timebase_synced
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-devlink b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-devlink
index 64791b65c9a3..b662f747c83e 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-devlink
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-devlink
@@ -18,9 +18,9 @@ Description:
This will be one of the following strings:
- 'consumer unbind'
- 'supplier unbind'
- 'never'
+ - 'consumer unbind'
+ - 'supplier unbind'
+ - 'never'
'consumer unbind' means the device link will be removed when
the consumer's driver is unbound from the consumer device.
@@ -49,8 +49,10 @@ Description:
This will be one of the following strings:
- '0' - Does not affect runtime power management
- '1' - Affects runtime power management
+ === ========================================
+ '0' Does not affect runtime power management
+ '1' Affects runtime power management
+ === ========================================
What: /sys/class/devlink/.../status
Date: May 2020
@@ -68,13 +70,13 @@ Description:
This will be one of the following strings:
- 'not tracked'
- 'dormant'
- 'available'
- 'consumer probing'
- 'active'
- 'supplier unbinding'
- 'unknown'
+ - 'not tracked'
+ - 'dormant'
+ - 'available'
+ - 'consumer probing'
+ - 'active'
+ - 'supplier unbinding'
+ - 'unknown'
'not tracked' means this device link does not track the status
and has no impact on the binding, unbinding and syncing the
@@ -114,8 +116,10 @@ Description:
This will be one of the following strings:
+ === ================================
'0'
- '1' - Affects runtime power management
+ '1' Affects runtime power management
+ === ================================
'0' means the device link can affect other device behaviors
like binding/unbinding, suspend/resume, runtime power
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-extcon b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-extcon
index 57a726232912..fde0fecd5de9 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-extcon
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-extcon
@@ -39,19 +39,22 @@ Description:
callback.
If the default callback for showing function is used, the
- format is like this:
- # cat state
- USB_OTG=1
- HDMI=0
- TA=1
- EAR_JACK=0
- #
+ format is like this::
+
+ # cat state
+ USB_OTG=1
+ HDMI=0
+ TA=1
+ EAR_JACK=0
+ #
+
In this example, the extcon device has USB_OTG and TA
cables attached and HDMI and EAR_JACK cables detached.
In order to update the state of an extcon device, enter a hex
- state number starting with 0x:
- # echo 0xHEX > state
+ state number starting with 0x::
+
+ # echo 0xHEX > state
This updates the whole state of the extcon device.
Inputs of all the methods are required to meet the
@@ -84,12 +87,13 @@ Contact: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com>
Description:
Shows the relations of mutually exclusiveness. For example,
if the mutually_exclusive array of extcon device is
- {0x3, 0x5, 0xC, 0x0}, then the output is:
- # ls mutually_exclusive/
- 0x3
- 0x5
- 0xc
- #
+ {0x3, 0x5, 0xC, 0x0}, then the output is::
+
+ # ls mutually_exclusive/
+ 0x3
+ 0x5
+ 0xc
+ #
Note that mutually_exclusive is a sub-directory of the extcon
device and the file names under the mutually_exclusive
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-fpga-manager b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-fpga-manager
index 5284fa33d4c5..d78689c357a5 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-fpga-manager
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-fpga-manager
@@ -28,8 +28,7 @@ Description: Read fpga manager state as a string.
* firmware request = firmware class request in progress
* firmware request error = firmware request failed
* write init = preparing FPGA for programming
- * write init error = Error while preparing FPGA for
- programming
+ * write init error = Error while preparing FPGA for programming
* write = FPGA ready to receive image data
* write error = Error while programming
* write complete = Doing post programming steps
@@ -47,7 +46,7 @@ Description: Read fpga manager status as a string.
programming errors to userspace. This is a list of strings for
the supported status.
- * reconfig operation error - invalid operations detected by
+ * reconfig operation error - invalid operations detected by
reconfiguration hardware.
e.g. start reconfiguration
with errors not cleared
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-gnss b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-gnss
index 2467b6900eae..c8553d972edd 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-gnss
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-gnss
@@ -6,9 +6,11 @@ Description:
The GNSS receiver type. The currently identified types reflect
the protocol(s) supported by the receiver:
+ ====== ===========
"NMEA" NMEA 0183
"SiRF" SiRF Binary
"UBX" UBX
+ ====== ===========
Note that also non-"NMEA" type receivers typically support a
subset of NMEA 0183 with vendor extensions (e.g. to allow
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led
index 65e040978f73..0ed5c2629c6f 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led
@@ -47,6 +47,7 @@ Contact: Richard Purdie <rpurdie@rpsys.net>
Description:
Set the trigger for this LED. A trigger is a kernel based source
of LED events.
+
You can change triggers in a similar manner to the way an IO
scheduler is chosen. Trigger specific parameters can appear in
/sys/class/leds/<led> once a given trigger is selected. For
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-el15203000 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-el15203000
index 69befe947d7e..da546e86deb5 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-el15203000
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-el15203000
@@ -27,23 +27,23 @@ Description:
^
|
- 0 On -|----+ +----+ +---
+ 0 On -|----+ +----+ +---
| | | | |
Off-| +-------------------+ +-------------------+
|
- 1 On -| +----+ +----+
+ 1 On -| +----+ +----+
| | | | |
Off |----+ +-------------------+ +------------------
|
- 2 On -| +----+ +----+
+ 2 On -| +----+ +----+
| | | | |
Off-|---------+ +-------------------+ +-------------
|
- 3 On -| +----+ +----+
+ 3 On -| +----+ +----+
| | | | |
Off-|--------------+ +-------------------+ +--------
|
- 4 On -| +----+ +----+
+ 4 On -| +----+ +----+
| | | | |
Off-|-------------------+ +-------------------+ +---
|
@@ -55,23 +55,23 @@ Description:
^
|
- 0 On -| +-------------------+ +-------------------+
+ 0 On -| +-------------------+ +-------------------+
| | | | |
Off-|----+ +----+ +---
|
- 1 On -|----+ +-------------------+ +------------------
+ 1 On -|----+ +-------------------+ +------------------
| | | | |
Off | +----+ +----+
|
- 2 On -|---------+ +-------------------+ +-------------
+ 2 On -|---------+ +-------------------+ +-------------
| | | | |
Off-| +----+ +----+
|
- 3 On -|--------------+ +-------------------+ +--------
+ 3 On -|--------------+ +-------------------+ +--------
| | | | |
Off-| +----+ +----+
|
- 4 On -|-------------------+ +-------------------+ +---
+ 4 On -|-------------------+ +-------------------+ +---
| | | | |
Off-| +----+ +----+
|
@@ -83,23 +83,23 @@ Description:
^
|
- 0 On -|----+ +--------
+ 0 On -|----+ +--------
| | |
Off-| +---------------------------------------+
|
- 1 On -| +----+ +----+
+ 1 On -| +----+ +----+
| | | | |
Off |----+ +-----------------------------+ +--------
|
- 2 On -| +----+ +----+
+ 2 On -| +----+ +----+
| | | | |
Off-|---------+ +-------------------+ +-------------
|
- 3 On -| +----+ +----+
+ 3 On -| +----+ +----+
| | | | |
Off-|--------------+ +---------+ +------------------
|
- 4 On -| +---------+
+ 4 On -| +---------+
| | |
Off-|-------------------+ +-----------------------
|
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-lm3533 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-lm3533
index e4c89b261546..e38a835d0a85 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-lm3533
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-lm3533
@@ -6,8 +6,10 @@ Description:
Set the ALS output channel to use as input in
ALS-current-control mode (1, 2), where:
- 1 - out_current1
- 2 - out_current2
+ == ============
+ 1 out_current1
+ 2 out_current2
+ == ============
What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/als_en
Date: May 2012
@@ -24,14 +26,16 @@ Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com>
Description:
Set the pattern generator fall and rise times (0..7), where:
- 0 - 2048 us
- 1 - 262 ms
- 2 - 524 ms
- 3 - 1.049 s
- 4 - 2.097 s
- 5 - 4.194 s
- 6 - 8.389 s
- 7 - 16.78 s
+ == =======
+ 0 2048 us
+ 1 262 ms
+ 2 524 ms
+ 3 1.049 s
+ 4 2.097 s
+ 5 4.194 s
+ 6 8.389 s
+ 7 16.78 s
+ == =======
What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/id
Date: April 2012
@@ -47,8 +51,10 @@ Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com>
Description:
Set the brightness-mapping mode (0, 1), where:
- 0 - exponential mode
- 1 - linear mode
+ == ================
+ 0 exponential mode
+ 1 linear mode
+ == ================
What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/pwm
Date: April 2012
@@ -57,9 +63,11 @@ Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com>
Description:
Set the PWM-input control mask (5 bits), where:
- bit 5 - PWM-input enabled in Zone 4
- bit 4 - PWM-input enabled in Zone 3
- bit 3 - PWM-input enabled in Zone 2
- bit 2 - PWM-input enabled in Zone 1
- bit 1 - PWM-input enabled in Zone 0
- bit 0 - PWM-input enabled
+ ===== ===========================
+ bit 5 PWM-input enabled in Zone 4
+ bit 4 PWM-input enabled in Zone 3
+ bit 3 PWM-input enabled in Zone 2
+ bit 2 PWM-input enabled in Zone 1
+ bit 1 PWM-input enabled in Zone 0
+ bit 0 PWM-input enabled
+ ===== ===========================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-flash b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-flash
index 220a0270b47b..11e5677c3672 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-flash
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-flash
@@ -55,26 +55,35 @@ Description: read only
Flash faults are re-read after strobing the flash. Possible
flash faults:
- * led-over-voltage - flash controller voltage to the flash LED
+ * led-over-voltage
+ flash controller voltage to the flash LED
has exceeded the limit specific to the flash controller
- * flash-timeout-exceeded - the flash strobe was still on when
+ * flash-timeout-exceeded
+ the flash strobe was still on when
the timeout set by the user has expired; not all flash
controllers may set this in all such conditions
- * controller-over-temperature - the flash controller has
+ * controller-over-temperature
+ the flash controller has
overheated
- * controller-short-circuit - the short circuit protection
+ * controller-short-circuit
+ the short circuit protection
of the flash controller has been triggered
- * led-power-supply-over-current - current in the LED power
+ * led-power-supply-over-current
+ current in the LED power
supply has exceeded the limit specific to the flash
controller
- * indicator-led-fault - the flash controller has detected
+ * indicator-led-fault
+ the flash controller has detected
a short or open circuit condition on the indicator LED
- * led-under-voltage - flash controller voltage to the flash
+ * led-under-voltage
+ flash controller voltage to the flash
LED has been below the minimum limit specific to
the flash
- * controller-under-voltage - the input voltage of the flash
+ * controller-under-voltage
+ the input voltage of the flash
controller is below the limit under which strobing the
flash at full current will not be possible;
the condition persists until this flag is no longer set
- * led-over-temperature - the temperature of the LED has exceeded
+ * led-over-temperature
+ the temperature of the LED has exceeded
its allowed upper limit
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-netdev b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-netdev
index 451af6d6768c..646540950e38 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-netdev
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-netdev
@@ -19,18 +19,23 @@ KernelVersion: 4.16
Contact: linux-leds@vger.kernel.org
Description:
Signal the link state of the named network device.
+
If set to 0 (default), the LED's normal state is off.
+
If set to 1, the LED's normal state reflects the link state
of the named network device.
Setting this value also immediately changes the LED state.
+
What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/tx
Date: Dec 2017
KernelVersion: 4.16
Contact: linux-leds@vger.kernel.org
Description:
Signal transmission of data on the named network device.
+
If set to 0 (default), the LED will not blink on transmission.
+
If set to 1, the LED will blink for the milliseconds specified
in interval to signal transmission.
@@ -40,6 +45,8 @@ KernelVersion: 4.16
Contact: linux-leds@vger.kernel.org
Description:
Signal reception of data on the named network device.
+
If set to 0 (default), the LED will not blink on reception.
+
If set to 1, the LED will blink for the milliseconds specified
in interval to signal reception.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-usbport b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-usbport
index f440e690daef..eb81152b8348 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-usbport
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-usbport
@@ -8,5 +8,6 @@ Description:
selected for the USB port trigger. Selecting ports makes trigger
observing them for any connected devices and lighting on LED if
there are any.
+
Echoing "1" value selects USB port. Echoing "0" unselects it.
Current state can be also read.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-leds-gt683r b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-leds-gt683r
index 6adab27f646e..b57ffb26e722 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-leds-gt683r
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-leds-gt683r
@@ -7,9 +7,11 @@ Description:
of one LED will update the mode of its two sibling devices as
well. Possible values are:
- 0 - normal
- 1 - audio
- 2 - breathing
+ == =========
+ 0 normal
+ 1 audio
+ 2 breathing
+ == =========
Normal: LEDs are fully on when enabled
Audio: LEDs brightness depends on sound level
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net
index 3b404577f380..7670012ae9b6 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net
@@ -4,10 +4,13 @@ KernelVersion: 3.17
Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Description:
Indicates the name assignment type. Possible values are:
- 1: enumerated by the kernel, possibly in an unpredictable way
- 2: predictably named by the kernel
- 3: named by userspace
- 4: renamed
+
+ == ==========================================================
+ 1 enumerated by the kernel, possibly in an unpredictable way
+ 2 predictably named by the kernel
+ 3 named by userspace
+ 4 renamed
+ == ==========================================================
What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/addr_assign_type
Date: July 2010
@@ -15,10 +18,13 @@ KernelVersion: 3.2
Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Description:
Indicates the address assignment type. Possible values are:
- 0: permanent address
- 1: randomly generated
- 2: stolen from another device
- 3: set using dev_set_mac_address
+
+ == =============================
+ 0 permanent address
+ 1 randomly generated
+ 2 stolen from another device
+ 3 set using dev_set_mac_address
+ == =============================
What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/addr_len
Date: April 2005
@@ -51,9 +57,12 @@ Description:
Default value 0 does not forward any link local frames.
Restricted bits:
- 0: 01-80-C2-00-00-00 Bridge Group Address used for STP
- 1: 01-80-C2-00-00-01 (MAC Control) 802.3 used for MAC PAUSE
- 2: 01-80-C2-00-00-02 (Link Aggregation) 802.3ad
+
+ == ========================================================
+ 0 01-80-C2-00-00-00 Bridge Group Address used for STP
+ 1 01-80-C2-00-00-01 (MAC Control) 802.3 used for MAC PAUSE
+ 2 01-80-C2-00-00-02 (Link Aggregation) 802.3ad
+ == ========================================================
Any values not setting these bits can be used. Take special
care when forwarding control frames e.g. 802.1X-PAE or LLDP.
@@ -74,8 +83,11 @@ Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Description:
Indicates the current physical link state of the interface.
Posssible values are:
- 0: physical link is down
- 1: physical link is up
+
+ == =====================
+ 0 physical link is down
+ 1 physical link is up
+ == =====================
Note: some special devices, e.g: bonding and team drivers will
allow this attribute to be written to force a link state for
@@ -131,8 +143,11 @@ Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Description:
Indicates whether the interface is under test. Possible
values are:
- 0: interface is not being tested
- 1: interface is being tested
+
+ == =============================
+ 0 interface is not being tested
+ 1 interface is being tested
+ == =============================
When an interface is under test, it cannot be expected
to pass packets as normal.
@@ -144,8 +159,11 @@ Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Description:
Indicates the interface latest or current duplex value. Possible
values are:
- half: half duplex
- full: full duplex
+
+ ==== ===========
+ half half duplex
+ full full duplex
+ ==== ===========
Note: This attribute is only valid for interfaces that implement
the ethtool get_link_ksettings method (mostly Ethernet).
@@ -196,8 +214,11 @@ Description:
Indicates the interface link mode, as a decimal number. This
attribute should be used in conjunction with 'dormant' attribute
to determine the interface usability. Possible values:
- 0: default link mode
- 1: dormant link mode
+
+ == =================
+ 0 default link mode
+ 1 dormant link mode
+ == =================
What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/mtu
Date: April 2005
@@ -226,7 +247,9 @@ KernelVersion: 2.6.17
Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Description:
Indicates the interface RFC2863 operational state as a string.
+
Possible values are:
+
"unknown", "notpresent", "down", "lowerlayerdown", "testing",
"dormant", "up".
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-cdc_ncm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-cdc_ncm
index f7be0e88b139..06416d0e163d 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-cdc_ncm
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-cdc_ncm
@@ -91,9 +91,9 @@ Date: May 2014
KernelVersion: 3.16
Contact: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
Description:
- Bit 0: 16-bit NTB supported (set to 1)
- Bit 1: 32-bit NTB supported
- Bits 2 – 15: reserved (reset to zero; must be ignored by host)
+ - Bit 0: 16-bit NTB supported (set to 1)
+ - Bit 1: 32-bit NTB supported
+ - Bits 2 – 15: reserved (reset to zero; must be ignored by host)
What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/cdc_ncm/dwNtbInMaxSize
Date: May 2014
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-phydev b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-phydev
index 206cbf538b59..40ced0ea4316 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-phydev
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-phydev
@@ -35,7 +35,9 @@ Description:
Ethernet driver during bus enumeration, encoded in string.
This interface mode is used to configure the Ethernet MAC with the
appropriate mode for its data lines to the PHY hardware.
+
Possible values are:
+
<empty> (not available), mii, gmii, sgmii, tbi, rev-mii,
rmii, rgmii, rgmii-id, rgmii-rxid, rgmii-txid, rtbi, smii
xgmii, moca, qsgmii, trgmii, 1000base-x, 2500base-x, rxaui,
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-pktcdvd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-pktcdvd
index dde4f26d0780..ba1ce626591d 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-pktcdvd
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-pktcdvd
@@ -11,15 +11,17 @@ KernelVersion: 2.6.20
Contact: Thomas Maier <balagi@justmail.de>
Description:
- add: (WO) Write a block device id (major:minor) to
+ ========== ==============================================
+ add (WO) Write a block device id (major:minor) to
create a new pktcdvd device and map it to the
block device.
- remove: (WO) Write the pktcdvd device id (major:minor)
+ remove (WO) Write the pktcdvd device id (major:minor)
to remove the pktcdvd device.
- device_map: (RO) Shows the device mapping in format:
+ device_map (RO) Shows the device mapping in format:
pktcdvd[0-7] <pktdevid> <blkdevid>
+ ========== ==============================================
What: /sys/class/pktcdvd/pktcdvd[0-7]/dev
@@ -65,29 +67,31 @@ Date: Oct. 2006
KernelVersion: 2.6.20
Contact: Thomas Maier <balagi@justmail.de>
Description:
- size: (RO) Contains the size of the bio write queue.
+ ============== ================================================
+ size (RO) Contains the size of the bio write queue.
- congestion_off: (RW) If bio write queue size is below this mark,
+ congestion_off (RW) If bio write queue size is below this mark,
accept new bio requests from the block layer.
- congestion_on: (RW) If bio write queue size is higher as this
+ congestion_on (RW) If bio write queue size is higher as this
mark, do no longer accept bio write requests
from the block layer and wait till the pktcdvd
device has processed enough bio's so that bio
write queue size is below congestion off mark.
A value of <= 0 disables congestion control.
+ ============== ================================================
Example:
--------
-To use the pktcdvd sysfs interface directly, you can do:
+To use the pktcdvd sysfs interface directly, you can do::
-# create a new pktcdvd device mapped to /dev/hdc
-echo "22:0" >/sys/class/pktcdvd/add
-cat /sys/class/pktcdvd/device_map
-# assuming device pktcdvd0 was created, look at stat's
-cat /sys/class/pktcdvd/pktcdvd0/stat/kb_written
-# print the device id of the mapped block device
-fgrep pktcdvd0 /sys/class/pktcdvd/device_map
-# remove device, using pktcdvd0 device id 253:0
-echo "253:0" >/sys/class/pktcdvd/remove
+ # create a new pktcdvd device mapped to /dev/hdc
+ echo "22:0" >/sys/class/pktcdvd/add
+ cat /sys/class/pktcdvd/device_map
+ # assuming device pktcdvd0 was created, look at stat's
+ cat /sys/class/pktcdvd/pktcdvd0/stat/kb_written
+ # print the device id of the mapped block device
+ fgrep pktcdvd0 /sys/class/pktcdvd/device_map
+ # remove device, using pktcdvd0 device id 253:0
+ echo "253:0" >/sys/class/pktcdvd/remove
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power
index d4319a04c302..d68ad528a8e5 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power
@@ -43,7 +43,9 @@ Date: May 2007
Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
Description:
Fine grain representation of battery capacity.
+
Access: Read
+
Valid values: 0 - 100 (percent)
What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/capacity_alert_max
@@ -58,6 +60,7 @@ Description:
low).
Access: Read, Write
+
Valid values: 0 - 100 (percent)
What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/capacity_alert_min
@@ -88,6 +91,7 @@ Description:
completely useless.
Access: Read
+
Valid values: 0 - 100 (percent)
What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/capacity_level
@@ -111,6 +115,7 @@ Description:
which they average readings to smooth out the reported value.
Access: Read
+
Valid values: Represented in microamps. Negative values are used
for discharging batteries, positive values for charging batteries.
@@ -131,6 +136,7 @@ Description:
This value is not averaged/smoothed.
Access: Read
+
Valid values: Represented in microamps. Negative values are used
for discharging batteries, positive values for charging batteries.
@@ -383,7 +389,7 @@ Description:
**USB Properties**
-What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/current_avg
+What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/current_avg
Date: May 2007
Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
Description:
@@ -449,6 +455,7 @@ Description:
solved using power limit use input_voltage_limit.
Access: Read, Write
+
Valid values: Represented in microvolts
What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/input_power_limit
@@ -462,6 +469,7 @@ Description:
limit only for problems that can be solved using power limit.
Access: Read, Write
+
Valid values: Represented in microwatts
What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/online,
@@ -747,6 +755,7 @@ Description:
manufactured.
Access: Read
+
Valid values: Reported as integer
What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/manufacture_month
@@ -756,6 +765,7 @@ Description:
Reports the month when the device has been manufactured.
Access: Read
+
Valid values: 1-12
What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/manufacture_day
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-mp2629 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-mp2629
index 327a07e22805..914d67caac0d 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-mp2629
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-mp2629
@@ -5,4 +5,5 @@ Description:
Represents a battery impedance compensation to accelerate charging.
Access: Read, Write
+
Valid values: Represented in milli-ohms. Valid range is [0, 140].
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-twl4030 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-twl4030
index 7ac36dba87bc..b52f7023f8ba 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-twl4030
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-twl4030
@@ -6,9 +6,9 @@ Description:
Possible values are:
============= ===========================================
- "auto" draw power as appropriate for detected
+ "auto" draw power as appropriate for detected
power source and battery status.
- "off" do not draw any power.
+ "off" do not draw any power.
"continuous" activate mode described as "linear" in
TWL data sheets. This uses whatever
current is available and doesn't switch off
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rapidio b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rapidio
index 8716beeb16c1..19aefb21b639 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rapidio
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rapidio
@@ -6,6 +6,7 @@ Description:
The /sys/class/rapidio_port subdirectory contains individual
subdirectories named as "rapidioN" where N = mport ID registered
with RapidIO subsystem.
+
NOTE: An mport ID is not a RapidIO destination ID assigned to a
given local mport device.
@@ -16,7 +17,9 @@ Contact: Matt Porter <mporter@kernel.crashing.org>,
Alexandre Bounine <alexandre.bounine@idt.com>
Description:
(RO) reports RapidIO common transport system size:
+
0 = small (8-bit destination ID, max. 256 devices),
+
1 = large (16-bit destination ID, max. 65536 devices).
What: /sys/class/rapidio_port/rapidioN/port_destid
@@ -25,31 +28,32 @@ KernelVersion: v3.15
Contact: Matt Porter <mporter@kernel.crashing.org>,
Alexandre Bounine <alexandre.bounine@idt.com>
Description:
- (RO) reports RapidIO destination ID assigned to the given
- RapidIO mport device. If value 0xFFFFFFFF is returned this means
- that no valid destination ID have been assigned to the mport
- (yet). Normally, before enumeration/discovery have been executed
- only fabric enumerating mports have a valid destination ID
- assigned to them using "hdid=..." rapidio module parameter.
+
+(RO) reports RapidIO destination ID assigned to the given
+RapidIO mport device. If value 0xFFFFFFFF is returned this means
+that no valid destination ID have been assigned to the mport
+(yet). Normally, before enumeration/discovery have been executed
+only fabric enumerating mports have a valid destination ID
+assigned to them using "hdid=..." rapidio module parameter.
After enumeration or discovery was performed for a given mport device,
the corresponding subdirectory will also contain subdirectories for each
child RapidIO device connected to the mport.
The example below shows mport device subdirectory with several child RapidIO
-devices attached to it.
+devices attached to it::
-[rio@rapidio ~]$ ls /sys/class/rapidio_port/rapidio0/ -l
-total 0
-drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 0 Feb 11 15:10 00:e:0001
-drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 0 Feb 11 15:10 00:e:0004
-drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 0 Feb 11 15:10 00:e:0007
-drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 0 Feb 11 15:10 00:s:0002
-drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 0 Feb 11 15:10 00:s:0003
-drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 0 Feb 11 15:10 00:s:0005
-lrwxrwxrwx 1 root root 0 Feb 11 15:11 device -> ../../../0000:01:00.0
--r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb 11 15:11 port_destid
-drwxr-xr-x 2 root root 0 Feb 11 15:11 power
-lrwxrwxrwx 1 root root 0 Feb 11 15:04 subsystem -> ../../../../../../class/rapidio_port
--r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb 11 15:11 sys_size
--rw-r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb 11 15:04 uevent
+ [rio@rapidio ~]$ ls /sys/class/rapidio_port/rapidio0/ -l
+ total 0
+ drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 0 Feb 11 15:10 00:e:0001
+ drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 0 Feb 11 15:10 00:e:0004
+ drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 0 Feb 11 15:10 00:e:0007
+ drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 0 Feb 11 15:10 00:s:0002
+ drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 0 Feb 11 15:10 00:s:0003
+ drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 0 Feb 11 15:10 00:s:0005
+ lrwxrwxrwx 1 root root 0 Feb 11 15:11 device -> ../../../0000:01:00.0
+ -r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb 11 15:11 port_destid
+ drwxr-xr-x 2 root root 0 Feb 11 15:11 power
+ lrwxrwxrwx 1 root root 0 Feb 11 15:04 subsystem -> ../../../../../../class/rapidio_port
+ -r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb 11 15:11 sys_size
+ -rw-r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb 11 15:04 uevent
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-regulator b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-regulator
index bc578bc60628..8516f08806dd 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-regulator
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-regulator
@@ -35,13 +35,13 @@ Description:
This will be one of the following strings:
- off
- on
- error
- fast
- normal
- idle
- standby
+ - off
+ - on
+ - error
+ - fast
+ - normal
+ - idle
+ - standby
"off" means the regulator is not supplying power to the
system.
@@ -74,9 +74,9 @@ Description:
This will be one of the following strings:
- 'voltage'
- 'current'
- 'unknown'
+ - 'voltage'
+ - 'current'
+ - 'unknown'
'voltage' means the regulator output voltage can be controlled
by software.
@@ -129,11 +129,11 @@ Description:
The opmode value can be one of the following strings:
- 'fast'
- 'normal'
- 'idle'
- 'standby'
- 'unknown'
+ - 'fast'
+ - 'normal'
+ - 'idle'
+ - 'standby'
+ - 'unknown'
The modes are described in include/linux/regulator/consumer.h
@@ -360,9 +360,9 @@ Description:
This will be one of the following strings:
- 'enabled'
- 'disabled'
- 'unknown'
+ - 'enabled'
+ - 'disabled'
+ - 'unknown'
'enabled' means the regulator is in bypass mode.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-remoteproc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-remoteproc
index 066b9b6f4924..0c9ee55098b8 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-remoteproc
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-remoteproc
@@ -16,11 +16,11 @@ Description: Remote processor state
Reports the state of the remote processor, which will be one of:
- "offline"
- "suspended"
- "running"
- "crashed"
- "invalid"
+ - "offline"
+ - "suspended"
+ - "running"
+ - "crashed"
+ - "invalid"
"offline" means the remote processor is powered off.
@@ -38,8 +38,8 @@ Description: Remote processor state
Writing this file controls the state of the remote processor.
The following states can be written:
- "start"
- "stop"
+ - "start"
+ - "stop"
Writing "start" will attempt to start the processor running the
firmware indicated by, or written to,
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rtc-rtc0-device-rtc_calibration b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rtc-rtc0-device-rtc_calibration
index ec950c93e5c6..ee8ed6494a01 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rtc-rtc0-device-rtc_calibration
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rtc-rtc0-device-rtc_calibration
@@ -7,6 +7,7 @@ Description: Attribute for calibrating ST-Ericsson AB8500 Real Time Clock
calibrate the AB8500.s 32KHz Real Time Clock.
Every 60 seconds the AB8500 will correct the RTC's value
by adding to it the value of this attribute.
+
The range of the attribute is -127 to +127 in units of
30.5 micro-seconds (half-parts-per-million of the 32KHz clock)
Users: The /vendor/st-ericsson/base_utilities/core/rtc_calibration
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-uwb_rc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-uwb_rc
index a0578751c1e3..6c5dcad21e19 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-uwb_rc
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-uwb_rc
@@ -66,11 +66,14 @@ Description:
<channel> <type> [<bpst offset>]
to start (or stop) scanning on a channel. <type> is one of:
- 0 - scan
- 1 - scan outside BP
- 2 - scan while inactive
- 3 - scanning disabled
- 4 - scan (with start time of <bpst offset>)
+
+ == =======================================
+ 0 scan
+ 1 scan outside BP
+ 2 scan while inactive
+ 3 scanning disabled
+ 4 scan (with start time of <bpst offset>)
+ == =======================================
What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/mac_address
Date: July 2008
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-watchdog b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-watchdog
index 9860a8b2ba75..585caecda3a5 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-watchdog
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-watchdog
@@ -91,10 +91,13 @@ Description:
h/w strapping (for WDT2 only).
At alternate flash the 'access_cs0' sysfs node provides:
- ast2400: a way to get access to the primary SPI flash
+
+ ast2400:
+ a way to get access to the primary SPI flash
chip at CS0 after booting from the alternate
chip at CS1.
- ast2500: a way to restore the normal address mapping
+ ast2500:
+ a way to restore the normal address mapping
from (CS0->CS1, CS1->CS0) to (CS0->CS0,
CS1->CS1).
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-dev b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-dev
index a9f2b8b0530f..d1739063e762 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-dev
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-dev
@@ -9,9 +9,10 @@ Description: The /sys/dev tree provides a method to look up the sysfs
the form "<major>:<minor>". These links point to the
corresponding sysfs path for the given device.
- Example:
- $ readlink /sys/dev/block/8:32
- ../../block/sdc
+ Example::
+
+ $ readlink /sys/dev/block/8:32
+ ../../block/sdc
Entries in /sys/dev/char and /sys/dev/block will be
dynamically created and destroyed as devices enter and
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-mapping b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-mapping
index 490ccfd67f12..8d202bac9394 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-mapping
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-mapping
@@ -8,26 +8,27 @@ Description:
block.
For example, on 4-die Xeon platform with up to 6 IIO stacks per
die and, therefore, 6 IIO PMON blocks per die, the mapping of
- IIO PMON block 0 exposes as the following:
+ IIO PMON block 0 exposes as the following::
- $ ls /sys/devices/uncore_iio_0/die*
- -r--r--r-- /sys/devices/uncore_iio_0/die0
- -r--r--r-- /sys/devices/uncore_iio_0/die1
- -r--r--r-- /sys/devices/uncore_iio_0/die2
- -r--r--r-- /sys/devices/uncore_iio_0/die3
+ $ ls /sys/devices/uncore_iio_0/die*
+ -r--r--r-- /sys/devices/uncore_iio_0/die0
+ -r--r--r-- /sys/devices/uncore_iio_0/die1
+ -r--r--r-- /sys/devices/uncore_iio_0/die2
+ -r--r--r-- /sys/devices/uncore_iio_0/die3
- $ tail /sys/devices/uncore_iio_0/die*
- ==> /sys/devices/uncore_iio_0/die0 <==
- 0000:00
- ==> /sys/devices/uncore_iio_0/die1 <==
- 0000:40
- ==> /sys/devices/uncore_iio_0/die2 <==
- 0000:80
- ==> /sys/devices/uncore_iio_0/die3 <==
- 0000:c0
+ $ tail /sys/devices/uncore_iio_0/die*
+ ==> /sys/devices/uncore_iio_0/die0 <==
+ 0000:00
+ ==> /sys/devices/uncore_iio_0/die1 <==
+ 0000:40
+ ==> /sys/devices/uncore_iio_0/die2 <==
+ 0000:80
+ ==> /sys/devices/uncore_iio_0/die3 <==
+ 0000:c0
- Which means:
- IIO PMU 0 on die 0 belongs to PCI RP on bus 0x00, domain 0x0000
- IIO PMU 0 on die 1 belongs to PCI RP on bus 0x40, domain 0x0000
- IIO PMU 0 on die 2 belongs to PCI RP on bus 0x80, domain 0x0000
- IIO PMU 0 on die 3 belongs to PCI RP on bus 0xc0, domain 0x0000
+ Which means::
+
+ IIO PMU 0 on die 0 belongs to PCI RP on bus 0x00, domain 0x0000
+ IIO PMU 0 on die 1 belongs to PCI RP on bus 0x40, domain 0x0000
+ IIO PMU 0 on die 2 belongs to PCI RP on bus 0x80, domain 0x0000
+ IIO PMU 0 on die 3 belongs to PCI RP on bus 0xc0, domain 0x0000
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-memory b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-memory
index deef3b5723cf..2da2b1fba2c1 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-memory
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-memory
@@ -47,16 +47,19 @@ Description:
online/offline state of the memory section. When written,
root can toggle the the online/offline state of a removable
memory section (see removable file description above)
- using the following commands.
- # echo online > /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/state
- # echo offline > /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/state
+ using the following commands::
+
+ # echo online > /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/state
+ # echo offline > /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/state
For example, if /sys/devices/system/memory/memory22/removable
contains a value of 1 and
/sys/devices/system/memory/memory22/state contains the
string "online" the following command can be executed by
- by root to offline that section.
- # echo offline > /sys/devices/system/memory/memory22/state
+ by root to offline that section::
+
+ # echo offline > /sys/devices/system/memory/memory22/state
+
Users: hotplug memory remove tools
http://www.ibm.com/developerworks/wikis/display/LinuxP/powerpc-utils
@@ -78,6 +81,7 @@ Description:
For example, the following symbolic link is created for
memory section 9 on node0:
+
/sys/devices/system/memory/memory9/node0 -> ../../node/node0
@@ -90,4 +94,5 @@ Description:
points to the corresponding /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryY
memory section directory. For example, the following symbolic
link is created for memory section 9 on node0.
+
/sys/devices/system/node/node0/memory9 -> ../../memory/memory9
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-_UDC_-gadget b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-_UDC_-gadget
index d548eaac230a..40f29a01fd14 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-_UDC_-gadget
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-_UDC_-gadget
@@ -3,8 +3,9 @@ Date: April 2010
Contact: Fabien Chouteau <fabien.chouteau@barco.com>
Description:
Show the suspend state of an USB composite gadget.
- 1 -> suspended
- 0 -> resumed
+
+ - 1 -> suspended
+ - 0 -> resumed
(_UDC_ is the name of the USB Device Controller driver)
@@ -17,5 +18,6 @@ Description:
Storage mode.
Possible values are:
- 1 -> ignore the FUA flag
- 0 -> obey the FUA flag
+
+ - 1 -> ignore the FUA flag
+ - 0 -> obey the FUA flag
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-ipmi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-ipmi
index afb5db856e1c..07df0ddc0b69 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-ipmi
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-ipmi
@@ -123,38 +123,40 @@ KernelVersion: v4.15
Contact: openipmi-developer@lists.sourceforge.net
Description:
- idles: (RO) Number of times the interface was
+ ====================== ========================================
+ idles (RO) Number of times the interface was
idle while being polled.
- watchdog_pretimeouts: (RO) Number of watchdog pretimeouts.
+ watchdog_pretimeouts (RO) Number of watchdog pretimeouts.
- complete_transactions: (RO) Number of completed messages.
+ complete_transactions (RO) Number of completed messages.
- events: (RO) Number of IPMI events received from
+ events (RO) Number of IPMI events received from
the hardware.
- interrupts: (RO) Number of interrupts the driver
+ interrupts (RO) Number of interrupts the driver
handled.
- hosed_count: (RO) Number of times the hardware didn't
+ hosed_count (RO) Number of times the hardware didn't
follow the state machine.
- long_timeouts: (RO) Number of times the driver
+ long_timeouts (RO) Number of times the driver
requested a timer while nothing was in
progress.
- flag_fetches: (RO) Number of times the driver
+ flag_fetches (RO) Number of times the driver
requested flags from the hardware.
- attentions: (RO) Number of time the driver got an
+ attentions (RO) Number of time the driver got an
ATTN from the hardware.
- incoming_messages: (RO) Number of asynchronous messages
+ incoming_messages (RO) Number of asynchronous messages
received.
- short_timeouts: (RO) Number of times the driver
+ short_timeouts (RO) Number of times the driver
requested a timer while an operation was
in progress.
+ ====================== ========================================
What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_si.*/interrupts_enabled
@@ -201,38 +203,40 @@ Date: Sep, 2017
KernelVersion: v4.15
Contact: openipmi-developer@lists.sourceforge.net
Description:
- hosed: (RO) Number of times the hardware didn't
+ ====================== ========================================
+ hosed (RO) Number of times the hardware didn't
follow the state machine.
- alerts: (RO) Number of alerts received.
+ alerts (RO) Number of alerts received.
- sent_messages: (RO) Number of total messages sent.
+ sent_messages (RO) Number of total messages sent.
- sent_message_parts: (RO) Number of message parts sent.
+ sent_message_parts (RO) Number of message parts sent.
Messages may be broken into parts if
they are long.
- received_messages: (RO) Number of message responses
+ received_messages (RO) Number of message responses
received.
- received_message_parts: (RO) Number of message fragments
+ received_message_parts (RO) Number of message fragments
received.
- events: (RO) Number of received events.
+ events (RO) Number of received events.
- watchdog_pretimeouts: (RO) Number of watchdog pretimeouts.
+ watchdog_pretimeouts (RO) Number of watchdog pretimeouts.
- flag_fetches: (RO) Number of times a flag fetch was
+ flag_fetches (RO) Number of times a flag fetch was
requested.
- send_retries: (RO) Number of time a message was
+ send_retries (RO) Number of time a message was
retried.
- receive_retries: (RO) Number of times the receive of a
+ receive_retries (RO) Number of times the receive of a
message was retried.
- send_errors: (RO) Number of times the send of a
+ send_errors (RO) Number of times the send of a
message failed.
- receive_errors: (RO) Number of errors in receiving
+ receive_errors (RO) Number of errors in receiving
messages.
+ ====================== ========================================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu
index 274c337ec6a9..1a04ca8162ad 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu
@@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ Description:
observed CPU idle duration was too short for it
(a count).
- below: (RO) Number of times this state was entered, but the
+ below: (RO) Number of times this state was entered, but the
observed CPU idle duration was too long for it
(a count).
======== ==== =================================================
@@ -601,7 +601,7 @@ Description: Secure Virtual Machine
Facility in POWER9 and newer processors. i.e., it is a Secure
Virtual Machine.
-What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/purr
+What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/purr
Date: Apr 2005
Contact: Linux for PowerPC mailing list <linuxppc-dev@ozlabs.org>
Description: PURR ticks for this CPU since the system boot.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-lenovo b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-lenovo
index 53a0725962e1..aee85ca1f6be 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-lenovo
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-lenovo
@@ -3,14 +3,18 @@ Date: July 2011
Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org
Description: This controls if mouse clicks should be generated if the trackpoint is quickly pressed. How fast this press has to be
is being controlled by press_speed.
+
Values are 0 or 1.
+
Applies to Thinkpad USB Keyboard with TrackPoint.
What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/dragging
Date: July 2011
Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org
Description: If this setting is enabled, it is possible to do dragging by pressing the trackpoint. This requires press_to_select to be enabled.
+
Values are 0 or 1.
+
Applies to Thinkpad USB Keyboard with TrackPoint.
What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/release_to_select
@@ -25,7 +29,9 @@ Date: July 2011
Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org
Description: This setting controls if the mouse click events generated by pressing the trackpoint (if press_to_select is enabled) generate
a left or right mouse button click.
+
Values are 0 or 1.
+
Applies to Thinkpad USB Keyboard with TrackPoint.
What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/sensitivity
@@ -39,12 +45,16 @@ What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-
Date: July 2011
Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org
Description: This setting controls how fast the trackpoint needs to be pressed to generate a mouse click if press_to_select is enabled.
+
Values are decimal integers from 1 (slowest) to 255 (fastest).
+
Applies to Thinkpad USB Keyboard with TrackPoint.
What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/fn_lock
Date: July 2014
Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org
Description: This setting controls whether Fn Lock is enabled on the keyboard (i.e. if F1 is Mute or F1)
+
Values are 0 or 1
+
Applies to ThinkPad Compact (USB|Bluetooth) Keyboard with TrackPoint.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-ntrig b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-ntrig
index e574a5625efe..0e323a5cec6c 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-ntrig
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-ntrig
@@ -29,12 +29,13 @@ Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org
Description:
Threholds to override activation slack.
- activation_width: (RW) Width threshold to immediately
+ ================= =====================================
+ activation_width (RW) Width threshold to immediately
start processing touch events.
- activation_height: (RW) Height threshold to immediately
+ activation_height (RW) Height threshold to immediately
start processing touch events.
-
+ ================= =====================================
What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/ntrig/<dev>/min_width
What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/ntrig/<dev>/min_height
@@ -44,11 +45,13 @@ Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org
Description:
Minimum size contact accepted.
- min_width: (RW) Minimum touch contact width to decide
+ ========== ===========================================
+ min_width (RW) Minimum touch contact width to decide
activation and activity.
- min_height: (RW) Minimum touch contact height to decide
+ min_height (RW) Minimum touch contact height to decide
activation and activity.
+ ========== ===========================================
What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/ntrig/<dev>/sensor_physical_width
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-kone b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-kone
index 8f7982c70d72..11cd9bf0ad18 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-kone
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-kone
@@ -3,17 +3,21 @@ Date: March 2010
Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
Description: It is possible to switch the dpi setting of the mouse with the
press of a button.
+
When read, this file returns the raw number of the actual dpi
setting reported by the mouse. This number has to be further
processed to receive the real dpi value:
+ ===== =====
VALUE DPI
+ ===== =====
1 800
2 1200
3 1600
4 2000
5 2400
6 3200
+ ===== =====
This file is readonly.
Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
@@ -22,6 +26,7 @@ What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-
Date: March 2010
Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
Description: When read, this file returns the number of the actual profile.
+
This file is readonly.
Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
@@ -33,6 +38,7 @@ Description: When read, this file returns the raw integer version number of the
further usage in other programs. To receive the real version
number the decimal point has to be shifted 2 positions to the
left. E.g. a returned value of 138 means 1.38
+
This file is readonly.
Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
@@ -43,10 +49,13 @@ Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the
press of a button. A profile holds information like button
mappings, sensitivity, the colors of the 5 leds and light
effects.
+
When read, these files return the respective profile. The
returned data is 975 bytes in size.
+
When written, this file lets one write the respective profile
data back to the mouse. The data has to be 975 bytes long.
+
The mouse will reject invalid data, whereas the profile number
stored in the profile doesn't need to fit the number of the
store.
@@ -58,6 +67,7 @@ Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
Description: When read, this file returns the settings stored in the mouse.
The size of the data is 36 bytes and holds information like the
startup_profile, tcu state and calibration_data.
+
When written, this file lets write settings back to the mouse.
The data has to be 36 bytes long. The mouse will reject invalid
data.
@@ -67,8 +77,10 @@ What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-
Date: March 2010
Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
Description: The integer value of this attribute ranges from 1 to 5.
+
When read, this attribute returns the number of the profile
that's active when the mouse is powered on.
+
When written, this file sets the number of the startup profile
and the mouse activates this profile immediately.
Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
@@ -80,9 +92,12 @@ Description: The mouse has a "Tracking Control Unit" which lets the user
calibrate the laser power to fit the mousepad surface.
When read, this file returns the current state of the TCU,
where 0 means off and 1 means on.
+
Writing 0 in this file will switch the TCU off.
+
Writing 1 in this file will start the calibration which takes
around 6 seconds to complete and activates the TCU.
+
Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kone/roccatkone<minor>/weight
@@ -93,14 +108,18 @@ Description: The mouse can be equipped with one of four supplied weights
and its value can be read out. When read, this file returns the
raw value returned by the mouse which eases further processing
in other software.
+
The values map to the weights as follows:
+ ===== ======
VALUE WEIGHT
+ ===== ======
0 none
1 5g
2 10g
3 15g
4 20g
+ ===== ======
This file is readonly.
Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-wiimote b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-wiimote
index cd7b82a5c27d..3bf43d9dcdfe 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-wiimote
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-wiimote
@@ -20,6 +20,7 @@ Description: This file contains the currently connected and initialized
the official Nintendo Nunchuck extension and classic is the
Nintendo Classic Controller extension. The motionp extension can
be combined with the other two.
+
Starting with kernel-version 3.11 Motion Plus hotplugging is
supported and if detected, it's no longer reported as static
extension. You will get uevent notifications for the motion-plus
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-input-exc3000 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-input-exc3000
index 3d316d54f81c..cd7c578aef2c 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-input-exc3000
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-input-exc3000
@@ -4,6 +4,7 @@ Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org
Description: Reports the firmware version provided by the touchscreen, for example "00_T6" on a EXC80H60
Access: Read
+
Valid values: Represented as string
What: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/xxx/model
@@ -12,4 +13,5 @@ Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org
Description: Reports the model identification provided by the touchscreen, for example "Orion_1320" on a EXC80H60
Access: Read
+
Valid values: Represented as string
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-jz4780-efuse b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-jz4780-efuse
index bb6f5d6ceea0..4cf595d681e6 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-jz4780-efuse
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-jz4780-efuse
@@ -4,7 +4,9 @@ Contact: PrasannaKumar Muralidharan <prasannatsmkumar@gmail.com>
Description: read-only access to the efuse on the Ingenic JZ4780 SoC
The SoC has a one time programmable 8K efuse that is
split into segments. The driver supports read only.
- The segments are
+ The segments are:
+
+ ===== ======== =================
0x000 64 bit Random Number
0x008 128 bit Ingenic Chip ID
0x018 128 bit Customer ID
@@ -12,5 +14,7 @@ Description: read-only access to the efuse on the Ingenic JZ4780 SoC
0x1E0 8 bit Protect Segment
0x1E1 2296 bit HDMI Key
0x300 2048 bit Security boot key
+ ===== ======== =================
+
Users: any user space application which wants to read the Chip
and Customer ID
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-pciback b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-pciback
index 73308c2b81b0..49f5fd0c8bbd 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-pciback
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-pciback
@@ -7,8 +7,10 @@ Description:
the format of DDDD:BB:DD.F-REG:SIZE:MASK will allow the guest
to write and read from the PCI device. That is Domain:Bus:
Device.Function-Register:Size:Mask (Domain is optional).
- For example:
- #echo 00:19.0-E0:2:FF > /sys/bus/pci/drivers/pciback/quirks
+ For example::
+
+ #echo 00:19.0-E0:2:FF > /sys/bus/pci/drivers/pciback/quirks
+
will allow the guest to read and write to the configuration
register 0x0E.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-ufs b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-ufs
index d1a352194d2e..adc0d0e91607 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-ufs
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-ufs
@@ -18,6 +18,7 @@ Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
Description: This file shows the device type. This is one of the UFS
device descriptor parameters. The full information about
the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/device_class
@@ -26,6 +27,7 @@ Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
Description: This file shows the device class. This is one of the UFS
device descriptor parameters. The full information about
the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/device_sub_class
@@ -34,6 +36,7 @@ Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
Description: This file shows the UFS storage subclass. This is one of
the UFS device descriptor parameters. The full information
about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/protocol
@@ -43,6 +46,7 @@ Description: This file shows the protocol supported by an UFS device.
This is one of the UFS device descriptor parameters.
The full information about the descriptor could be found
at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/number_of_luns
@@ -51,6 +55,7 @@ Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
Description: This file shows number of logical units. This is one of
the UFS device descriptor parameters. The full information
about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/number_of_wluns
@@ -60,6 +65,7 @@ Description: This file shows number of well known logical units.
This is one of the UFS device descriptor parameters.
The full information about the descriptor could be found
at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/boot_enable
@@ -69,6 +75,7 @@ Description: This file shows value that indicates whether the device is
enabled for boot. This is one of the UFS device descriptor
parameters. The full information about the descriptor could
be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/descriptor_access_enable
@@ -79,6 +86,7 @@ Description: This file shows value that indicates whether the device
of the boot sequence. This is one of the UFS device descriptor
parameters. The full information about the descriptor could
be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/initial_power_mode
@@ -88,6 +96,7 @@ Description: This file shows value that defines the power mode after
device initialization or hardware reset. This is one of
the UFS device descriptor parameters. The full information
about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/high_priority_lun
@@ -96,6 +105,7 @@ Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
Description: This file shows the high priority lun. This is one of
the UFS device descriptor parameters. The full information
about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/secure_removal_type
@@ -104,6 +114,7 @@ Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
Description: This file shows the secure removal type. This is one of
the UFS device descriptor parameters. The full information
about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/support_security_lun
@@ -113,6 +124,7 @@ Description: This file shows whether the security lun is supported.
This is one of the UFS device descriptor parameters.
The full information about the descriptor could be found
at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/bkops_termination_latency
@@ -122,6 +134,7 @@ Description: This file shows the background operations termination
latency. This is one of the UFS device descriptor parameters.
The full information about the descriptor could be found
at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/initial_active_icc_level
@@ -130,6 +143,7 @@ Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
Description: This file shows the initial active ICC level. This is one
of the UFS device descriptor parameters. The full information
about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/specification_version
@@ -138,6 +152,7 @@ Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
Description: This file shows the specification version. This is one
of the UFS device descriptor parameters. The full information
about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/manufacturing_date
@@ -147,6 +162,7 @@ Description: This file shows the manufacturing date in BCD format.
This is one of the UFS device descriptor parameters.
The full information about the descriptor could be found
at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/manufacturer_id
@@ -155,6 +171,7 @@ Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
Description: This file shows the manufacturee ID. This is one of the
UFS device descriptor parameters. The full information about
the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/rtt_capability
@@ -164,6 +181,7 @@ Description: This file shows the maximum number of outstanding RTTs
supported by the device. This is one of the UFS device
descriptor parameters. The full information about
the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/rtc_update
@@ -173,6 +191,7 @@ Description: This file shows the frequency and method of the realtime
clock update. This is one of the UFS device descriptor
parameters. The full information about the descriptor
could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/ufs_features
@@ -182,6 +201,7 @@ Description: This file shows which features are supported by the device.
This is one of the UFS device descriptor parameters.
The full information about the descriptor could be
found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/ffu_timeout
@@ -190,6 +210,7 @@ Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
Description: This file shows the FFU timeout. This is one of the
UFS device descriptor parameters. The full information
about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/queue_depth
@@ -198,6 +219,7 @@ Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
Description: This file shows the device queue depth. This is one of the
UFS device descriptor parameters. The full information
about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/device_version
@@ -206,6 +228,7 @@ Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
Description: This file shows the device version. This is one of the
UFS device descriptor parameters. The full information
about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/number_of_secure_wpa
@@ -215,6 +238,7 @@ Description: This file shows number of secure write protect areas
supported by the device. This is one of the UFS device
descriptor parameters. The full information about
the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/psa_max_data_size
@@ -225,6 +249,7 @@ Description: This file shows the maximum amount of data that may be
This is one of the UFS device descriptor parameters.
The full information about the descriptor could be found
at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/psa_state_timeout
@@ -234,6 +259,7 @@ Description: This file shows the command maximum timeout for a change
in PSA state. This is one of the UFS device descriptor
parameters. The full information about the descriptor could
be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
@@ -244,6 +270,7 @@ Description: This file shows the MIPI UniPro version number in BCD format.
This is one of the UFS interconnect descriptor parameters.
The full information about the descriptor could be found at
UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/interconnect_descriptor/mphy_version
@@ -253,6 +280,7 @@ Description: This file shows the MIPI M-PHY version number in BCD format.
This is one of the UFS interconnect descriptor parameters.
The full information about the descriptor could be found at
UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
@@ -264,6 +292,7 @@ Description: This file shows the total memory quantity available to
of the UFS geometry descriptor parameters. The full
information about the descriptor could be found at
UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/max_number_of_luns
@@ -273,6 +302,7 @@ Description: This file shows the maximum number of logical units
supported by the UFS device. This is one of the UFS
geometry descriptor parameters. The full information about
the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/segment_size
@@ -281,6 +311,7 @@ Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
Description: This file shows the segment size. This is one of the UFS
geometry descriptor parameters. The full information about
the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/allocation_unit_size
@@ -289,6 +320,7 @@ Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
Description: This file shows the allocation unit size. This is one of
the UFS geometry descriptor parameters. The full information
about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/min_addressable_block_size
@@ -298,6 +330,7 @@ Description: This file shows the minimum addressable block size. This
is one of the UFS geometry descriptor parameters. The full
information about the descriptor could be found at UFS
specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/optimal_read_block_size
@@ -307,6 +340,7 @@ Description: This file shows the optimal read block size. This is one
of the UFS geometry descriptor parameters. The full
information about the descriptor could be found at UFS
specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/optimal_write_block_size
@@ -316,6 +350,7 @@ Description: This file shows the optimal write block size. This is one
of the UFS geometry descriptor parameters. The full
information about the descriptor could be found at UFS
specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/max_in_buffer_size
@@ -325,6 +360,7 @@ Description: This file shows the maximum data-in buffer size. This
is one of the UFS geometry descriptor parameters. The full
information about the descriptor could be found at UFS
specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/max_out_buffer_size
@@ -334,6 +370,7 @@ Description: This file shows the maximum data-out buffer size. This
is one of the UFS geometry descriptor parameters. The full
information about the descriptor could be found at UFS
specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/rpmb_rw_size
@@ -343,6 +380,7 @@ Description: This file shows the maximum number of RPMB frames allowed
in Security Protocol In/Out. This is one of the UFS geometry
descriptor parameters. The full information about the
descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/dyn_capacity_resource_policy
@@ -352,6 +390,7 @@ Description: This file shows the dynamic capacity resource policy. This
is one of the UFS geometry descriptor parameters. The full
information about the descriptor could be found at
UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/data_ordering
@@ -361,6 +400,7 @@ Description: This file shows support for out-of-order data transfer.
This is one of the UFS geometry descriptor parameters.
The full information about the descriptor could be found at
UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/max_number_of_contexts
@@ -370,6 +410,7 @@ Description: This file shows maximum available number of contexts which
are supported by the device. This is one of the UFS geometry
descriptor parameters. The full information about the
descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/sys_data_tag_unit_size
@@ -378,6 +419,7 @@ Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
Description: This file shows system data tag unit size. This is one of
the UFS geometry descriptor parameters. The full information
about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/sys_data_tag_resource_size
@@ -388,6 +430,7 @@ Description: This file shows maximum storage area size allocated by
This is one of the UFS geometry descriptor parameters.
The full information about the descriptor could be found at
UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/secure_removal_types
@@ -397,6 +440,7 @@ Description: This file shows supported secure removal types. This is
one of the UFS geometry descriptor parameters. The full
information about the descriptor could be found at
UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/memory_types
@@ -406,6 +450,7 @@ Description: This file shows supported memory types. This is one of
the UFS geometry descriptor parameters. The full
information about the descriptor could be found at
UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/*_memory_max_alloc_units
@@ -416,6 +461,7 @@ Description: This file shows the maximum number of allocation units for
enhanced type 1-4). This is one of the UFS geometry
descriptor parameters. The full information about the
descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/*_memory_capacity_adjustment_factor
@@ -426,6 +472,7 @@ Description: This file shows the memory capacity adjustment factor for
enhanced type 1-4). This is one of the UFS geometry
descriptor parameters. The full information about the
descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
@@ -436,6 +483,7 @@ Description: This file shows preend of life information. This is one
of the UFS health descriptor parameters. The full
information about the descriptor could be found at
UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/health_descriptor/life_time_estimation_a
@@ -445,6 +493,7 @@ Description: This file shows indication of the device life time
(method a). This is one of the UFS health descriptor
parameters. The full information about the descriptor
could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/health_descriptor/life_time_estimation_b
@@ -454,6 +503,7 @@ Description: This file shows indication of the device life time
(method b). This is one of the UFS health descriptor
parameters. The full information about the descriptor
could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
@@ -464,6 +514,7 @@ Description: This file shows maximum VCC, VCCQ and VCCQ2 value for
active ICC levels from 0 to 15. This is one of the UFS
power descriptor parameters. The full information about
the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
@@ -473,6 +524,7 @@ Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
Description: This file contains a device manufactureer name string.
The full information about the descriptor could be found at
UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/string_descriptors/product_name
@@ -480,6 +532,7 @@ Date: February 2018
Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
Description: This file contains a product name string. The full information
about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/string_descriptors/oem_id
@@ -487,6 +540,7 @@ Date: February 2018
Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
Description: This file contains a OEM ID string. The full information
about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/string_descriptors/serial_number
@@ -495,6 +549,7 @@ Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
Description: This file contains a device serial number string. The full
information about the descriptor could be found at
UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/string_descriptors/product_revision
@@ -503,6 +558,7 @@ Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
Description: This file contains a product revision string. The full
information about the descriptor could be found at
UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
@@ -512,6 +568,7 @@ Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
Description: This file shows boot LUN information. This is one of
the UFS unit descriptor parameters. The full information
about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/unit_descriptor/lun_write_protect
@@ -520,6 +577,7 @@ Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
Description: This file shows LUN write protection status. This is one of
the UFS unit descriptor parameters. The full information
about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/unit_descriptor/lun_queue_depth
@@ -528,6 +586,7 @@ Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
Description: This file shows LUN queue depth. This is one of the UFS
unit descriptor parameters. The full information about
the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/unit_descriptor/psa_sensitive
@@ -536,6 +595,7 @@ Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
Description: This file shows PSA sensitivity. This is one of the UFS
unit descriptor parameters. The full information about
the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/unit_descriptor/lun_memory_type
@@ -544,6 +604,7 @@ Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
Description: This file shows LUN memory type. This is one of the UFS
unit descriptor parameters. The full information about
the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/unit_descriptor/data_reliability
@@ -553,6 +614,7 @@ Description: This file defines the device behavior when a power failure
occurs during a write operation. This is one of the UFS
unit descriptor parameters. The full information about
the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/unit_descriptor/logical_block_size
@@ -562,6 +624,7 @@ Description: This file shows the size of addressable logical blocks
(calculated as an exponent with base 2). This is one of
the UFS unit descriptor parameters. The full information about
the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/unit_descriptor/logical_block_count
@@ -571,6 +634,7 @@ Description: This file shows total number of addressable logical blocks.
This is one of the UFS unit descriptor parameters. The full
information about the descriptor could be found at
UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/unit_descriptor/erase_block_size
@@ -579,6 +643,7 @@ Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
Description: This file shows the erase block size. This is one of
the UFS unit descriptor parameters. The full information
about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/unit_descriptor/provisioning_type
@@ -587,6 +652,7 @@ Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
Description: This file shows the thin provisioning type. This is one of
the UFS unit descriptor parameters. The full information
about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/unit_descriptor/physical_memory_resourse_count
@@ -595,6 +661,7 @@ Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
Description: This file shows the total physical memory resources. This is
one of the UFS unit descriptor parameters. The full information
about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/unit_descriptor/context_capabilities
@@ -603,6 +670,7 @@ Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
Description: This file shows the context capabilities. This is one of
the UFS unit descriptor parameters. The full information
about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/unit_descriptor/large_unit_granularity
@@ -611,6 +679,7 @@ Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
Description: This file shows the granularity of the LUN. This is one of
the UFS unit descriptor parameters. The full information
about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
@@ -619,6 +688,7 @@ Date: February 2018
Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
Description: This file shows the device init status. The full information
about the flag could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/flags/permanent_wpe
@@ -627,6 +697,7 @@ Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
Description: This file shows whether permanent write protection is enabled.
The full information about the flag could be found at
UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/flags/power_on_wpe
@@ -636,6 +707,7 @@ Description: This file shows whether write protection is enabled on all
logical units configured as power on write protected. The
full information about the flag could be found at
UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/flags/bkops_enable
@@ -644,6 +716,7 @@ Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
Description: This file shows whether the device background operations are
enabled. The full information about the flag could be
found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/flags/life_span_mode_enable
@@ -652,6 +725,7 @@ Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
Description: This file shows whether the device life span mode is enabled.
The full information about the flag could be found at
UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/flags/phy_resource_removal
@@ -660,6 +734,7 @@ Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
Description: This file shows whether physical resource removal is enable.
The full information about the flag could be found at
UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/flags/busy_rtc
@@ -668,6 +743,7 @@ Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
Description: This file shows whether the device is executing internal
operation related to real time clock. The full information
about the flag could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/flags/disable_fw_update
@@ -676,6 +752,7 @@ Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
Description: This file shows whether the device FW update is permanently
disabled. The full information about the flag could be found
at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
@@ -685,6 +762,7 @@ Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
Description: This file provides the boot lun enabled UFS device attribute.
The full information about the attribute could be found at
UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/current_power_mode
@@ -693,6 +771,7 @@ Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
Description: This file provides the current power mode UFS device attribute.
The full information about the attribute could be found at
UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/active_icc_level
@@ -701,6 +780,7 @@ Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
Description: This file provides the active icc level UFS device attribute.
The full information about the attribute could be found at
UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/ooo_data_enabled
@@ -709,6 +789,7 @@ Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
Description: This file provides the out of order data transfer enabled UFS
device attribute. The full information about the attribute
could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/bkops_status
@@ -717,6 +798,7 @@ Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
Description: This file provides the background operations status UFS device
attribute. The full information about the attribute could
be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/purge_status
@@ -725,6 +807,7 @@ Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
Description: This file provides the purge operation status UFS device
attribute. The full information about the attribute could
be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/max_data_in_size
@@ -733,6 +816,7 @@ Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
Description: This file shows the maximum data size in a DATA IN
UPIU. The full information about the attribute could
be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/max_data_out_size
@@ -741,6 +825,7 @@ Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
Description: This file shows the maximum number of bytes that can be
requested with a READY TO TRANSFER UPIU. The full information
about the attribute could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/reference_clock_frequency
@@ -749,6 +834,7 @@ Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
Description: This file provides the reference clock frequency UFS device
attribute. The full information about the attribute could
be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/configuration_descriptor_lock
@@ -765,6 +851,7 @@ Description: This file provides the maximum current number of
outstanding RTTs in device that is allowed. The full
information about the attribute could be found at
UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/exception_event_control
@@ -773,6 +860,7 @@ Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
Description: This file provides the exception event control UFS device
attribute. The full information about the attribute could
be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/exception_event_status
@@ -781,6 +869,7 @@ Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
Description: This file provides the exception event status UFS device
attribute. The full information about the attribute could
be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/ffu_status
@@ -789,6 +878,7 @@ Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
Description: This file provides the ffu status UFS device attribute.
The full information about the attribute could be found at
UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/psa_state
@@ -796,6 +886,7 @@ Date: February 2018
Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
Description: This file show the PSA feature status. The full information
about the attribute could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/psa_data_size
@@ -805,6 +896,7 @@ Description: This file shows the amount of data that the host plans to
load to all logical units in pre-soldering state.
The full information about the attribute could be found at
UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
@@ -815,6 +907,7 @@ Description: This file shows the The amount of physical memory needed
to be removed from the physical memory resources pool of
the particular logical unit. The full information about
the attribute could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
The file is read only.
@@ -824,24 +917,28 @@ Contact: Subhash Jadavani <subhashj@codeaurora.org>
Description: This entry could be used to set or show the UFS device
runtime power management level. The current driver
implementation supports 6 levels with next target states:
- 0 - an UFS device will stay active, an UIC link will
- stay active
- 1 - an UFS device will stay active, an UIC link will
- hibernate
- 2 - an UFS device will moved to sleep, an UIC link will
- stay active
- 3 - an UFS device will moved to sleep, an UIC link will
- hibernate
- 4 - an UFS device will be powered off, an UIC link will
- hibernate
- 5 - an UFS device will be powered off, an UIC link will
- be powered off
+
+ == ====================================================
+ 0 an UFS device will stay active, an UIC link will
+ stay active
+ 1 an UFS device will stay active, an UIC link will
+ hibernate
+ 2 an UFS device will moved to sleep, an UIC link will
+ stay active
+ 3 an UFS device will moved to sleep, an UIC link will
+ hibernate
+ 4 an UFS device will be powered off, an UIC link will
+ hibernate
+ 5 an UFS device will be powered off, an UIC link will
+ be powered off
+ == ====================================================
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/rpm_target_dev_state
Date: February 2018
Contact: Subhash Jadavani <subhashj@codeaurora.org>
Description: This entry shows the target power mode of an UFS device
for the chosen runtime power management level.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/rpm_target_link_state
@@ -849,6 +946,7 @@ Date: February 2018
Contact: Subhash Jadavani <subhashj@codeaurora.org>
Description: This entry shows the target state of an UFS UIC link
for the chosen runtime power management level.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/spm_lvl
@@ -857,24 +955,28 @@ Contact: Subhash Jadavani <subhashj@codeaurora.org>
Description: This entry could be used to set or show the UFS device
system power management level. The current driver
implementation supports 6 levels with next target states:
- 0 - an UFS device will stay active, an UIC link will
- stay active
- 1 - an UFS device will stay active, an UIC link will
- hibernate
- 2 - an UFS device will moved to sleep, an UIC link will
- stay active
- 3 - an UFS device will moved to sleep, an UIC link will
- hibernate
- 4 - an UFS device will be powered off, an UIC link will
- hibernate
- 5 - an UFS device will be powered off, an UIC link will
- be powered off
+
+ == ====================================================
+ 0 an UFS device will stay active, an UIC link will
+ stay active
+ 1 an UFS device will stay active, an UIC link will
+ hibernate
+ 2 an UFS device will moved to sleep, an UIC link will
+ stay active
+ 3 an UFS device will moved to sleep, an UIC link will
+ hibernate
+ 4 an UFS device will be powered off, an UIC link will
+ hibernate
+ 5 an UFS device will be powered off, an UIC link will
+ be powered off
+ == ====================================================
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/spm_target_dev_state
Date: February 2018
Contact: Subhash Jadavani <subhashj@codeaurora.org>
Description: This entry shows the target power mode of an UFS device
for the chosen system power management level.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/spm_target_link_state
@@ -882,18 +984,21 @@ Date: February 2018
Contact: Subhash Jadavani <subhashj@codeaurora.org>
Description: This entry shows the target state of an UFS UIC link
for the chosen system power management level.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/wb_presv_us_en
Date: June 2020
Contact: Asutosh Das <asutoshd@codeaurora.org>
Description: This entry shows if preserve user-space was configured
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/wb_shared_alloc_units
Date: June 2020
Contact: Asutosh Das <asutoshd@codeaurora.org>
Description: This entry shows the shared allocated units of WB buffer
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/wb_type
@@ -901,6 +1006,7 @@ Date: June 2020
Contact: Asutosh Das <asutoshd@codeaurora.org>
Description: This entry shows the configured WB type.
0x1 for shared buffer mode. 0x0 for dedicated buffer mode.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/wb_buff_cap_adj
@@ -910,6 +1016,7 @@ Description: This entry shows the total user-space decrease in shared
buffer mode.
The value of this parameter is 3 for TLC NAND when SLC mode
is used as WriteBooster Buffer. 2 for MLC NAND.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/wb_max_alloc_units
@@ -917,6 +1024,7 @@ Date: June 2020
Contact: Asutosh Das <asutoshd@codeaurora.org>
Description: This entry shows the Maximum total WriteBooster Buffer size
which is supported by the entire device.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/wb_max_wb_luns
@@ -924,6 +1032,7 @@ Date: June 2020
Contact: Asutosh Das <asutoshd@codeaurora.org>
Description: This entry shows the maximum number of luns that can support
WriteBooster.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/wb_sup_red_type
@@ -937,46 +1046,59 @@ Description: The supportability of user space reduction mode
preserve user space type.
02h: Device can be configured in either user space
reduction type or preserve user space type.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/wb_sup_wb_type
Date: June 2020
Contact: Asutosh Das <asutoshd@codeaurora.org>
Description: The supportability of WriteBooster Buffer type.
- 00h: LU based WriteBooster Buffer configuration
- 01h: Single shared WriteBooster Buffer
- configuration
- 02h: Supporting both LU based WriteBooster
- Buffer and Single shared WriteBooster Buffer
- configuration
+
+ === ==========================================================
+ 00h LU based WriteBooster Buffer configuration
+ 01h Single shared WriteBooster Buffer configuration
+ 02h Supporting both LU based WriteBooster.
+ Buffer and Single shared WriteBooster Buffer configuration
+ === ==========================================================
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/flags/wb_enable
Date: June 2020
Contact: Asutosh Das <asutoshd@codeaurora.org>
Description: This entry shows the status of WriteBooster.
- 0: WriteBooster is not enabled.
- 1: WriteBooster is enabled
+
+ == ============================
+ 0 WriteBooster is not enabled.
+ 1 WriteBooster is enabled
+ == ============================
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/flags/wb_flush_en
Date: June 2020
Contact: Asutosh Das <asutoshd@codeaurora.org>
Description: This entry shows if flush is enabled.
- 0: Flush operation is not performed.
- 1: Flush operation is performed.
+
+ == =================================
+ 0 Flush operation is not performed.
+ 1 Flush operation is performed.
+ == =================================
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/flags/wb_flush_during_h8
Date: June 2020
Contact: Asutosh Das <asutoshd@codeaurora.org>
Description: Flush WriteBooster Buffer during hibernate state.
- 0: Device is not allowed to flush the
- WriteBooster Buffer during link hibernate
- state.
- 1: Device is allowed to flush the
- WriteBooster Buffer during link hibernate
- state
+
+ == =================================================
+ 0 Device is not allowed to flush the
+ WriteBooster Buffer during link hibernate state.
+ 1 Device is allowed to flush the
+ WriteBooster Buffer during link hibernate state.
+ == =================================================
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/wb_avail_buf
@@ -984,23 +1106,30 @@ Date: June 2020
Contact: Asutosh Das <asutoshd@codeaurora.org>
Description: This entry shows the amount of unused WriteBooster buffer
available.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/wb_cur_buf
Date: June 2020
Contact: Asutosh Das <asutoshd@codeaurora.org>
Description: This entry shows the amount of unused current buffer.
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/wb_flush_status
Date: June 2020
Contact: Asutosh Das <asutoshd@codeaurora.org>
Description: This entry shows the flush operation status.
- 00h: idle
- 01h: Flush operation in progress
- 02h: Flush operation stopped prematurely.
- 03h: Flush operation completed successfully
- 04h: Flush operation general failure
+
+
+ === ======================================
+ 00h idle
+ 01h Flush operation in progress
+ 02h Flush operation stopped prematurely.
+ 03h Flush operation completed successfully
+ 04h Flush operation general failure
+ === ======================================
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/wb_life_time_est
@@ -1008,9 +1137,13 @@ Date: June 2020
Contact: Asutosh Das <asutoshd@codeaurora.org>
Description: This entry shows an indication of the WriteBooster Buffer
lifetime based on the amount of performed program/erase cycles
- 01h: 0% - 10% WriteBooster Buffer life time used
+
+ === =============================================
+ 01h 0% - 10% WriteBooster Buffer life time used
...
- 0Ah: 90% - 100% WriteBooster Buffer life time used
+ 0Ah 90% - 100% WriteBooster Buffer life time used
+ === =============================================
+
The file is read only.
What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/unit_descriptor/wb_buf_alloc_units
@@ -1018,4 +1151,5 @@ Date: June 2020
Contact: Asutosh Das <asutoshd@codeaurora.org>
Description: This entry shows the configured size of WriteBooster buffer.
0400h corresponds to 4GB.
+
The file is read only.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-w1_ds28e17 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-w1_ds28e17
index d301e7017afe..e92aba4eb594 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-w1_ds28e17
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-w1_ds28e17
@@ -5,7 +5,9 @@ Contact: Jan Kandziora <jjj@gmx.de>
Description: When written, this file sets the I2C speed on the connected
DS28E17 chip. When read, it reads the current setting from
the DS28E17 chip.
+
Valid values: 100, 400, 900 [kBaud].
+
Default 100, can be set by w1_ds28e17.speed= module parameter.
Users: w1_ds28e17 driver
@@ -17,5 +19,6 @@ Description: When written, this file sets the multiplier used to calculate
the busy timeout for I2C operations on the connected DS28E17
chip. When read, returns the current setting.
Valid values: 1 to 9.
+
Default 1, can be set by w1_ds28e17.stretch= module parameter.
Users: w1_ds28e17 driver
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-acpi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-acpi
index e4afc2538210..b16d30a71709 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-acpi
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-acpi
@@ -81,11 +81,11 @@ Description:
$ cd /sys/firmware/acpi/interrupts
$ grep . *
error: 0
- ff_gbl_lock: 0 enable
- ff_pmtimer: 0 invalid
- ff_pwr_btn: 0 enable
- ff_rt_clk: 2 disable
- ff_slp_btn: 0 invalid
+ ff_gbl_lock: 0 enable
+ ff_pmtimer: 0 invalid
+ ff_pwr_btn: 0 enable
+ ff_rt_clk: 2 disable
+ ff_slp_btn: 0 invalid
gpe00: 0 invalid
gpe01: 0 enable
gpe02: 108 enable
@@ -118,9 +118,9 @@ Description:
gpe1D: 0 invalid
gpe1E: 0 invalid
gpe1F: 0 invalid
- gpe_all: 1192
- sci: 1194
- sci_not: 0
+ gpe_all: 1192
+ sci: 1194
+ sci_not: 0
=========== ==================================================
sci The number of times the ACPI SCI
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-efi-esrt b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-efi-esrt
index 6e431d1a4e79..31b57676d4ad 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-efi-esrt
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-efi-esrt
@@ -35,10 +35,13 @@ What: /sys/firmware/efi/esrt/entries/entry$N/fw_type
Date: February 2015
Contact: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
Description: What kind of firmware entry this is:
- 0 - Unknown
- 1 - System Firmware
- 2 - Device Firmware
- 3 - UEFI Driver
+
+ == ===============
+ 0 Unknown
+ 1 System Firmware
+ 2 Device Firmware
+ 3 UEFI Driver
+ == ===============
What: /sys/firmware/efi/esrt/entries/entry$N/fw_class
Date: February 2015
@@ -71,11 +74,14 @@ Date: February 2015
Contact: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
Description: The result of the last firmware update attempt for the
firmware resource entry.
- 0 - Success
- 1 - Insufficient resources
- 2 - Incorrect version
- 3 - Invalid format
- 4 - Authentication error
- 5 - AC power event
- 6 - Battery power event
+
+ == ======================
+ 0 Success
+ 1 Insufficient resources
+ 2 Incorrect version
+ 3 Invalid format
+ 4 Authentication error
+ 5 AC power event
+ 6 Battery power event
+ == ======================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-efi-runtime-map b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-efi-runtime-map
index c61b9b348e99..9c4d581be396 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-efi-runtime-map
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-efi-runtime-map
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ Description: Switching efi runtime services to virtual mode requires
/sys/firmware/efi/runtime-map/ is the directory the kernel
exports that information in.
- subdirectories are named with the number of the memory range:
+ subdirectories are named with the number of the memory range::
/sys/firmware/efi/runtime-map/0
/sys/firmware/efi/runtime-map/1
@@ -24,11 +24,13 @@ Description: Switching efi runtime services to virtual mode requires
Each subdirectory contains five files:
- attribute : The attributes of the memory range.
- num_pages : The size of the memory range in pages.
- phys_addr : The physical address of the memory range.
- type : The type of the memory range.
- virt_addr : The virtual address of the memory range.
+ ========= =========================================
+ attribute The attributes of the memory range.
+ num_pages The size of the memory range in pages.
+ phys_addr The physical address of the memory range.
+ type The type of the memory range.
+ virt_addr The virtual address of the memory range.
+ ========= =========================================
Above values are all hexadecimal numbers with the '0x' prefix.
Users: Kexec
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-qemu_fw_cfg b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-qemu_fw_cfg
index 011dda4f8e8a..ee0d6dbc810e 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-qemu_fw_cfg
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-qemu_fw_cfg
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ Description:
to the fw_cfg device can be found in "docs/specs/fw_cfg.txt"
in the QEMU source tree.
- === SysFS fw_cfg Interface ===
+ **SysFS fw_cfg Interface**
The fw_cfg sysfs interface described in this document is only
intended to display discoverable blobs (i.e., those registered
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ Description:
/sys/firmware/qemu_fw_cfg/rev
- --- Discoverable fw_cfg blobs by selector key ---
+ **Discoverable fw_cfg blobs by selector key**
All discoverable blobs listed in the fw_cfg file directory are
displayed as entries named after their unique selector key
@@ -45,24 +45,26 @@ Description:
Each such fw_cfg sysfs entry has the following values exported
as attributes:
- name : The 56-byte nul-terminated ASCII string used as the
+ ==== ====================================================
+ name The 56-byte nul-terminated ASCII string used as the
blob's 'file name' in the fw_cfg directory.
- size : The length of the blob, as given in the fw_cfg
+ size The length of the blob, as given in the fw_cfg
directory.
- key : The value of the blob's selector key as given in the
+ key The value of the blob's selector key as given in the
fw_cfg directory. This value is the same as used in
the parent directory name.
- raw : The raw bytes of the blob, obtained by selecting the
+ raw The raw bytes of the blob, obtained by selecting the
entry via the control register, and reading a number
of bytes equal to the blob size from the data
register.
+ ==== ====================================================
- --- Listing fw_cfg blobs by file name ---
+ **Listing fw_cfg blobs by file name**
While the fw_cfg device does not impose any specific naming
convention on the blobs registered in the file directory,
QEMU developers have traditionally used path name semantics
- to give each blob a descriptive name. For example:
+ to give each blob a descriptive name. For example::
"bootorder"
"genroms/kvmvapic.bin"
@@ -81,7 +83,7 @@ Description:
of directories matching the path name components of fw_cfg
blob names, ending in symlinks to the by_key entry for each
"basename", as illustrated below (assume current directory is
- /sys/firmware):
+ /sys/firmware)::
qemu_fw_cfg/by_name/bootorder -> ../by_key/38
qemu_fw_cfg/by_name/etc/e820 -> ../../by_key/35
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-sfi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-sfi
index 4be7d44aeacf..5210e0f06ddb 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-sfi
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-sfi
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ Description:
http://simplefirmware.org/documentation
While the tables are used by the kernel, user-space
- can observe them this way:
+ can observe them this way::
- # cd /sys/firmware/sfi/tables
- # cat $TABLENAME > $TABLENAME.bin
+ # cd /sys/firmware/sfi/tables
+ # cat $TABLENAME > $TABLENAME.bin
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-sgi_uv b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-sgi_uv
index 4573fd4b7876..66800baab096 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-sgi_uv
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-sgi_uv
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Description:
The /sys/firmware/sgi_uv directory contains information
about the SGI UV platform.
- Under that directory are a number of files:
+ Under that directory are a number of files::
partition_id
coherence_id
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ Description:
SGI UV systems can be partitioned into multiple physical
machines, which each partition running a unique copy
of the operating system. Each partition will have a unique
- partition id. To display the partition id, use the command:
+ partition id. To display the partition id, use the command::
cat /sys/firmware/sgi_uv/partition_id
@@ -22,6 +22,6 @@ Description:
A partitioned SGI UV system can have one or more coherence
domain. The coherence id indicates which coherence domain
this partition is in. To display the coherence id, use the
- command:
+ command::
cat /sys/firmware/sgi_uv/coherence_id
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-f2fs b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-f2fs
index 834d0becae6d..67b3ed8e8c2f 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-f2fs
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-f2fs
@@ -20,10 +20,13 @@ What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/gc_idle
Date: July 2013
Contact: "Namjae Jeon" <namjae.jeon@samsung.com>
Description: Controls the victim selection policy for garbage collection.
- Setting gc_idle = 0(default) will disable this option. Setting
- gc_idle = 1 will select the Cost Benefit approach & setting
- gc_idle = 2 will select the greedy approach & setting
- gc_idle = 3 will select the age-threshold based approach.
+ Setting gc_idle = 0(default) will disable this option. Setting:
+
+ =========== ===============================================
+ gc_idle = 1 will select the Cost Benefit approach & setting
+ gc_idle = 2 will select the greedy approach & setting
+ gc_idle = 3 will select the age-threshold based approach.
+ =========== ===============================================
What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/reclaim_segments
Date: October 2013
@@ -46,10 +49,17 @@ Date: November 2013
Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk.kim@samsung.com>
Description: Controls the in-place-update policy.
updates in f2fs. User can set:
- 0x01: F2FS_IPU_FORCE, 0x02: F2FS_IPU_SSR,
- 0x04: F2FS_IPU_UTIL, 0x08: F2FS_IPU_SSR_UTIL,
- 0x10: F2FS_IPU_FSYNC, 0x20: F2FS_IPU_ASYNC,
- 0x40: F2FS_IPU_NOCACHE.
+
+ ==== =================
+ 0x01 F2FS_IPU_FORCE
+ 0x02 F2FS_IPU_SSR
+ 0x04 F2FS_IPU_UTIL
+ 0x08 F2FS_IPU_SSR_UTIL
+ 0x10 F2FS_IPU_FSYNC
+ 0x20 F2FS_IPU_ASYNC,
+ 0x40 F2FS_IPU_NOCACHE
+ ==== =================
+
Refer segment.h for details.
What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/min_ipu_util
@@ -332,18 +342,28 @@ Date: April 2020
Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk@kernel.org>
Description: Give a way to attach REQ_META|FUA to data writes
given temperature-based bits. Now the bits indicate:
- * REQ_META | REQ_FUA |
- * 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
- * Cold | Warm | Hot | Cold | Warm | Hot |
+
+ +-------------------+-------------------+
+ | REQ_META | REQ_FUA |
+ +------+------+-----+------+------+-----+
+ | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
+ +------+------+-----+------+------+-----+
+ | Cold | Warm | Hot | Cold | Warm | Hot |
+ +------+------+-----+------+------+-----+
What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/node_io_flag
Date: June 2020
Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk@kernel.org>
Description: Give a way to attach REQ_META|FUA to node writes
given temperature-based bits. Now the bits indicate:
- * REQ_META | REQ_FUA |
- * 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
- * Cold | Warm | Hot | Cold | Warm | Hot |
+
+ +-------------------+-------------------+
+ | REQ_META | REQ_FUA |
+ +------+------+-----+------+------+-----+
+ | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
+ +------+------+-----+------+------+-----+
+ | Cold | Warm | Hot | Cold | Warm | Hot |
+ +------+------+-----+------+------+-----+
What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/iostat_period_ms
Date: April 2020
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-ksm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-ksm
index dfc13244cda3..1c9bed5595f5 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-ksm
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-ksm
@@ -34,8 +34,9 @@ Description: Kernel Samepage Merging daemon sysfs interface
in a tree.
run: write 0 to disable ksm, read 0 while ksm is disabled.
- write 1 to run ksm, read 1 while ksm is running.
- write 2 to disable ksm and unmerge all its pages.
+
+ - write 1 to run ksm, read 1 while ksm is running.
+ - write 2 to disable ksm and unmerge all its pages.
sleep_millisecs: how many milliseconds ksm should sleep between
scans.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-slab b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-slab
index ed35833ad7f0..c9f12baf8baa 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-slab
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-slab
@@ -346,6 +346,7 @@ Description:
number of objects per slab. If a slab cannot be allocated
because of fragmentation, SLUB will retry with the minimum order
possible depending on its characteristics.
+
When debug_guardpage_minorder=N (N > 0) parameter is specified
(see Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.rst), the minimum possible
order is used and this sysfs entry can not be used to change
@@ -361,6 +362,7 @@ Description:
new slab has not been possible at the cache's order and instead
fallen back to its minimum possible order. It can be written to
clear the current count.
+
Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/partial
@@ -410,6 +412,7 @@ Description:
slab from a remote node as opposed to allocating a new slab on
the local node. This reduces the amount of wasted memory over
the entire system but can be expensive.
+
Available when CONFIG_NUMA is enabled.
What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/sanity_checks
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-module b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-module
index 0aac02e7fb0e..353c0db5bc1f 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-module
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-module
@@ -17,14 +17,15 @@ KernelVersion: 3.1
Contact: Kirill Smelkov <kirr@mns.spb.ru>
Description: Maximum time allowed for periodic transfers per microframe (μs)
- [ USB 2.0 sets maximum allowed time for periodic transfers per
+ Note:
+ USB 2.0 sets maximum allowed time for periodic transfers per
microframe to be 80%, that is 100 microseconds out of 125
microseconds (full microframe).
However there are cases, when 80% max isochronous bandwidth is
too limiting. For example two video streams could require 110
microseconds of isochronous bandwidth per microframe to work
- together. ]
+ together.
Through this setting it is possible to raise the limit so that
the host controller would allow allocating more than 100
@@ -45,8 +46,10 @@ Date: Jan 2012
KernelVersion:»·3.3
Contact: Kay Sievers <kay.sievers@vrfy.org>
Description: Module taint flags:
- P - proprietary module
- O - out-of-tree module
- F - force-loaded module
- C - staging driver module
- E - unsigned module
+ == =====================
+ P proprietary module
+ O out-of-tree module
+ F force-loaded module
+ C staging driver module
+ E unsigned module
+ == =====================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dell-laptop b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dell-laptop
index 9b917c7453de..82bcfe9df66e 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dell-laptop
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dell-laptop
@@ -34,9 +34,12 @@ Description:
this file. To disable a trigger, write its name preceded
by '-' instead.
- For example, to enable the keyboard as trigger run:
+ For example, to enable the keyboard as trigger run::
+
echo +keyboard > /sys/class/leds/dell::kbd_backlight/start_triggers
- To disable it:
+
+ To disable it::
+
echo -keyboard > /sys/class/leds/dell::kbd_backlight/start_triggers
Note that not all the available triggers can be configured.
@@ -57,7 +60,8 @@ Description:
with any the above units. If no unit is specified, the value
is assumed to be expressed in seconds.
- For example, to set the timeout to 10 minutes run:
+ For example, to set the timeout to 10 minutes run::
+
echo 10m > /sys/class/leds/dell::kbd_backlight/stop_timeout
Note that when this file is read, the returned value might be
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dell-smbios b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dell-smbios
index 205d3b6361e0..e6e0f7f834a7 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dell-smbios
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dell-smbios
@@ -13,8 +13,8 @@ Description:
For example the token ID "5" would be available
as the following attributes:
- 0005_location
- 0005_value
+ - 0005_location
+ - 0005_value
Tokens will vary from machine to machine, and
only tokens available on that machine will be
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-i2c-demux-pinctrl b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-i2c-demux-pinctrl
index c394b808be19..b6a138b50d99 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-i2c-demux-pinctrl
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-i2c-demux-pinctrl
@@ -5,9 +5,9 @@ Contact: Wolfram Sang <wsa+renesas@sang-engineering.com>
Description:
Reading the file will give you a list of masters which can be
selected for a demultiplexed bus. The format is
- "<index>:<name>". Example from a Renesas Lager board:
+ "<index>:<name>". Example from a Renesas Lager board::
- 0:/i2c@e6500000 1:/i2c@e6508000
+ 0:/i2c@e6500000 1:/i2c@e6508000
What: /sys/devices/platform/<i2c-demux-name>/current_master
Date: January 2016
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-kim b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-kim
index c1653271872a..a7f81de68046 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-kim
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-kim
@@ -5,6 +5,7 @@ Contact: "Pavan Savoy" <pavan_savoy@ti.com>
Description:
Name of the UART device at which the WL128x chip
is connected. example: "/dev/ttyS0".
+
The device name flows down to architecture specific board
initialization file from the SFI/ATAGS bootloader
firmware. The name exposed is read from the user-space
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-phy-rcar-gen3-usb2 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-phy-rcar-gen3-usb2
index 6212697bbf6f..bc510ccc37a7 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-phy-rcar-gen3-usb2
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-phy-rcar-gen3-usb2
@@ -7,9 +7,11 @@ Description:
The file can show/change the phy mode for role swap of usb.
Write the following strings to change the mode:
- "host" - switching mode from peripheral to host.
- "peripheral" - switching mode from host to peripheral.
+
+ - "host" - switching mode from peripheral to host.
+ - "peripheral" - switching mode from host to peripheral.
Read the file, then it shows the following strings:
- "host" - The mode is host now.
- "peripheral" - The mode is peripheral now.
+
+ - "host" - The mode is host now.
+ - "peripheral" - The mode is peripheral now.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-renesas_usb3 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-renesas_usb3
index 5621c15d5dc0..8af5b9c3fabb 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-renesas_usb3
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-renesas_usb3
@@ -7,9 +7,11 @@ Description:
The file can show/change the drd mode of usb.
Write the following string to change the mode:
- "host" - switching mode from peripheral to host.
- "peripheral" - switching mode from host to peripheral.
+
+ - "host" - switching mode from peripheral to host.
+ - "peripheral" - switching mode from host to peripheral.
Read the file, then it shows the following strings:
- "host" - The mode is host now.
- "peripheral" - The mode is peripheral now.
+
+ - "host" - The mode is host now.
+ - "peripheral" - The mode is peripheral now.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-power b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-power
index 5e6ead29124c..51c0f578bfce 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-power
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-power
@@ -47,14 +47,18 @@ Description:
suspend-to-disk mechanism. Reading from this file returns
the name of the method by which the system will be put to
sleep on the next suspend. There are four methods supported:
+
'firmware' - means that the memory image will be saved to disk
by some firmware, in which case we also assume that the
firmware will handle the system suspend.
+
'platform' - the memory image will be saved by the kernel and
the system will be put to sleep by the platform driver (e.g.
ACPI or other PM registers).
+
'shutdown' - the memory image will be saved by the kernel and
the system will be powered off.
+
'reboot' - the memory image will be saved by the kernel and
the system will be rebooted.
@@ -74,12 +78,12 @@ Description:
The suspend-to-disk method may be chosen by writing to this
file one of the accepted strings:
- 'firmware'
- 'platform'
- 'shutdown'
- 'reboot'
- 'testproc'
- 'test'
+ - 'firmware'
+ - 'platform'
+ - 'shutdown'
+ - 'reboot'
+ - 'testproc'
+ - 'test'
It will only change to 'firmware' or 'platform' if the system
supports that.
@@ -114,9 +118,9 @@ Description:
string representing a nonzero integer into it.
To use this debugging feature you should attempt to suspend
- the machine, then reboot it and run
+ the machine, then reboot it and run::
- dmesg -s 1000000 | grep 'hash matches'
+ dmesg -s 1000000 | grep 'hash matches'
If you do not get any matches (or they appear to be false
positives), it is possible that the last PM event point
@@ -244,6 +248,7 @@ Description:
wakeup sources created with the help of /sys/power/wake_lock.
When a string is written to /sys/power/wake_unlock, it will be
assumed to represent the name of a wakeup source to deactivate.
+
If a wakeup source object of that name exists and is active at
the moment, it will be deactivated.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-profiling b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-profiling
index 8a8e466eb2c0..e39dd3a0ceef 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-profiling
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-profiling
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Description:
/sys/kernel/profiling is the runtime equivalent
of the boot-time profile= option.
- You can get the same effect running:
+ You can get the same effect running::
echo 2 > /sys/kernel/profiling
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-wusb_cbaf b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-wusb_cbaf
index a99c5f86a37a..2969d3694ec0 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-wusb_cbaf
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-wusb_cbaf
@@ -45,7 +45,8 @@ Description:
7. Device is unplugged.
References:
- [WUSB-AM] Association Models Supplement to the
+ [WUSB-AM]
+ Association Models Supplement to the
Certified Wireless Universal Serial Bus
Specification, version 1.0.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/usb-charger-uevent b/Documentation/ABI/testing/usb-charger-uevent
index 419a92dd0d86..1db89b0cf80f 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/usb-charger-uevent
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/usb-charger-uevent
@@ -3,44 +3,52 @@ Date: 2020-01-14
KernelVersion: 5.6
Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
Description: There are two USB charger states:
- USB_CHARGER_ABSENT
- USB_CHARGER_PRESENT
+
+ - USB_CHARGER_ABSENT
+ - USB_CHARGER_PRESENT
+
There are five USB charger types:
- USB_CHARGER_UNKNOWN_TYPE: Charger type is unknown
- USB_CHARGER_SDP_TYPE: Standard Downstream Port
- USB_CHARGER_CDP_TYPE: Charging Downstream Port
- USB_CHARGER_DCP_TYPE: Dedicated Charging Port
- USB_CHARGER_ACA_TYPE: Accessory Charging Adapter
+
+ ======================== ==========================
+ USB_CHARGER_UNKNOWN_TYPE Charger type is unknown
+ USB_CHARGER_SDP_TYPE Standard Downstream Port
+ USB_CHARGER_CDP_TYPE Charging Downstream Port
+ USB_CHARGER_DCP_TYPE Dedicated Charging Port
+ USB_CHARGER_ACA_TYPE Accessory Charging Adapter
+ ======================== ==========================
+
https://www.usb.org/document-library/battery-charging-v12-spec-and-adopters-agreement
- Here are two examples taken using udevadm monitor -p when
- USB charger is online:
- UDEV change /devices/soc0/usbphynop1 (platform)
- ACTION=change
- DEVPATH=/devices/soc0/usbphynop1
- DRIVER=usb_phy_generic
- MODALIAS=of:Nusbphynop1T(null)Cusb-nop-xceiv
- OF_COMPATIBLE_0=usb-nop-xceiv
- OF_COMPATIBLE_N=1
- OF_FULLNAME=/usbphynop1
- OF_NAME=usbphynop1
- SEQNUM=2493
- SUBSYSTEM=platform
- USB_CHARGER_STATE=USB_CHARGER_PRESENT
- USB_CHARGER_TYPE=USB_CHARGER_SDP_TYPE
- USEC_INITIALIZED=227422826
+ Here are two examples taken using ``udevadm monitor -p`` when
+ USB charger is online::
- USB charger is offline:
- KERNEL change /devices/soc0/usbphynop1 (platform)
- ACTION=change
- DEVPATH=/devices/soc0/usbphynop1
- DRIVER=usb_phy_generic
- MODALIAS=of:Nusbphynop1T(null)Cusb-nop-xceiv
- OF_COMPATIBLE_0=usb-nop-xceiv
- OF_COMPATIBLE_N=1
- OF_FULLNAME=/usbphynop1
- OF_NAME=usbphynop1
- SEQNUM=2494
- SUBSYSTEM=platform
- USB_CHARGER_STATE=USB_CHARGER_ABSENT
- USB_CHARGER_TYPE=USB_CHARGER_UNKNOWN_TYPE
+ UDEV change /devices/soc0/usbphynop1 (platform)
+ ACTION=change
+ DEVPATH=/devices/soc0/usbphynop1
+ DRIVER=usb_phy_generic
+ MODALIAS=of:Nusbphynop1T(null)Cusb-nop-xceiv
+ OF_COMPATIBLE_0=usb-nop-xceiv
+ OF_COMPATIBLE_N=1
+ OF_FULLNAME=/usbphynop1
+ OF_NAME=usbphynop1
+ SEQNUM=2493
+ SUBSYSTEM=platform
+ USB_CHARGER_STATE=USB_CHARGER_PRESENT
+ USB_CHARGER_TYPE=USB_CHARGER_SDP_TYPE
+ USEC_INITIALIZED=227422826
+
+ USB charger is offline::
+
+ KERNEL change /devices/soc0/usbphynop1 (platform)
+ ACTION=change
+ DEVPATH=/devices/soc0/usbphynop1
+ DRIVER=usb_phy_generic
+ MODALIAS=of:Nusbphynop1T(null)Cusb-nop-xceiv
+ OF_COMPATIBLE_0=usb-nop-xceiv
+ OF_COMPATIBLE_N=1
+ OF_FULLNAME=/usbphynop1
+ OF_NAME=usbphynop1
+ SEQNUM=2494
+ SUBSYSTEM=platform
+ USB_CHARGER_STATE=USB_CHARGER_ABSENT
+ USB_CHARGER_TYPE=USB_CHARGER_UNKNOWN_TYPE
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/usb-uevent b/Documentation/ABI/testing/usb-uevent
index d35c3cad892c..2b8eca4bf2b1 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/usb-uevent
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/usb-uevent
@@ -6,22 +6,22 @@ Description: When the USB Host Controller has entered a state where it is no
longer functional a uevent will be raised. The uevent will
contain ACTION=offline and ERROR=DEAD.
- Here is an example taken using udevadm monitor -p:
+ Here is an example taken using udevadm monitor -p::
- KERNEL[130.428945] offline /devices/pci0000:00/0000:00:10.0/usb2 (usb)
- ACTION=offline
- BUSNUM=002
- DEVNAME=/dev/bus/usb/002/001
- DEVNUM=001
- DEVPATH=/devices/pci0000:00/0000:00:10.0/usb2
- DEVTYPE=usb_device
- DRIVER=usb
- ERROR=DEAD
- MAJOR=189
- MINOR=128
- PRODUCT=1d6b/2/414
- SEQNUM=2168
- SUBSYSTEM=usb
- TYPE=9/0/1
+ KERNEL[130.428945] offline /devices/pci0000:00/0000:00:10.0/usb2 (usb)
+ ACTION=offline
+ BUSNUM=002
+ DEVNAME=/dev/bus/usb/002/001
+ DEVNUM=001
+ DEVPATH=/devices/pci0000:00/0000:00:10.0/usb2
+ DEVTYPE=usb_device
+ DRIVER=usb
+ ERROR=DEAD
+ MAJOR=189
+ MINOR=128
+ PRODUCT=1d6b/2/414
+ SEQNUM=2168
+ SUBSYSTEM=usb
+ TYPE=9/0/1
Users: chromium-os-dev@chromium.org
diff --git a/scripts/get_abi.pl b/scripts/get_abi.pl
index f6adf4b38a2b..d09bb37dd236 100755
--- a/scripts/get_abi.pl
+++ b/scripts/get_abi.pl
@@ -316,8 +316,6 @@ sub output_rest {
$len = length($name) if (length($name) > $len);
}
- print "What:\n\n";
-
print "+-" . "-" x $len . "-+\n";
foreach my $name (@names) {
printf "| %s", $name . " " x ($len - length($name)) . " |\n";
--
2.26.2
^ permalink raw reply related [flat|nested] 19+ messages in thread